Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 337 completed

Missions

Open219Completed337All556
Control TheoryGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization Over Time-Varying Graphs 2: Push-DIGing Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Directed Graphs for Every Step Size Below 1.5(1−δ)²/(μ̄J₂)Research Paper

Distributed optimization over directed, changing networks

In distributed optimization, nnn agents cooperatively minimize the average f(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x)f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)f(x)=n1​∑i=1n​fi​(x) of private cost functions fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R, exchanging information only with their current neighbours in a communication network. The model covers sensor networks, multi-robot coordination and machine learning with data split across machines, where no node can see the whole objective. In many of these systems communication is one-directional (broadcast radios with unequal ranges, asymmetric links) and the network changes over time.

Directed links raise a specific obstacle: a node cannot in general choose weights that are both row and column stochastic, because it knows its out-degree but not how its messages are combined by others. The push-sum (ratio consensus) protocol of Kempe, Dobra and Gehrke (2003) circumvents this with column stochastic weights and a scalar correction. Nedić and Olshevsky (2015) combined it with diminishing-step subgradient methods over time-varying directed graphs, obtaining sublinear rates. Gradient tracking methods (Xu, Zhu, Soh and Xie, 2015; Qu and Li, 2016) and EXTRA (Shi, Ling, Wu and Yin, 2015) reached linear rates with constant steps on undirected or static graphs. Nedić, Olshevsky and Shi (arXiv 2016, SIAM J. Optim. 2017) proved geometric convergence of gradient tracking over graphs that are both time-varying and directed; this mission formalizes that result.

Setting

The agents are {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}. At each time kkk there is a set A(k)\mathcal A(k)A(k) of arcs; an arc j→ij\to ij→i means agent jjj can send to agent iii. The out-degree djout(k)d^{\rm out}_j(k)djout​(k) counts the agents i≠ji\ne ji=j with j→ij\to ij→i in A(k)\mathcal A(k)A(k).

Assumption 6. There is B~⊖>0\tilde B_\ominus>0B~⊖​>0 such that for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0 the union of the arc sets over the window tB~⊖,…,(t+1)B~⊖−1t\tilde B_\ominus,\dots,(t+1)\tilde B_\ominus-1tB~⊖​,…,(t+1)B~⊖​−1 is strongly connected. Put B⊖=2B~⊖−1B_\ominus=2\tilde B_\ominus-1B⊖​=2B~⊖​−1.

Assumption 7. The mixing matrix C(k)C(k)C(k) has Cij(k)=1/(djout(k)+1)C_{ij}(k)=1/(d^{\rm out}_j(k)+1)Cij​(k)=1/(djout​(k)+1) if i=ji=ji=j or j→i∈A(k)j\to i\in\mathcal A(k)j→i∈A(k), and 000 otherwise; each C(k)C(k)C(k) is column stochastic.

Each fif_ifi​ is differentiable with LiL_iLi​-Lipschitz gradient (Assumption 4) and μi\mu_iμi​-strongly convex with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, some μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0 (Assumption 5). Write L=max⁡iLiL=\max_iL_iL=maxi​Li​, μˉ=1n∑iμi\bar\mu=\frac1n\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​=n1​∑i​μi​, κˉ=L/μˉ\bar\kappa=L/\bar\muκˉ=L/μˉ​, and x∗x^*x∗ for the minimizer of fff.

Iterates are n×pn\times pn×p matrices whose row iii belongs to agent iii; ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) has rows ∇fi(xi)\nabla f_i(x_i)∇fi​(xi​), and ∥⋅∥F\|\cdot\|_F∥⋅∥F​ is the Frobenius norm. Push-DIGing starts from x(0)=u(0)\mathbf x(0)=\mathbf u(0)x(0)=u(0), y(0)=∇f(x(0))\mathbf y(0)=\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(0))y(0)=∇f(x(0)), v(0)=1\mathbf v(0)=\mathbf 1v(0)=1 and iterates, with step size α>0\alpha>0α>0 and V(k)=diag⁡{v(k)}V(k)=\operatorname{diag}\{\mathbf v(k)\}V(k)=diag{v(k)},

u(k+1)=C(k)(u(k)−αy(k)),v(k+1)=C(k)v(k),x(k+1)=V(k+1)−1u(k+1),\mathbf u(k+1)=C(k)(\mathbf u(k)-\alpha\mathbf y(k)),\quad \mathbf v(k+1)=C(k)\mathbf v(k),\quad \mathbf x(k+1)=V(k+1)^{-1}\mathbf u(k+1),u(k+1)=C(k)(u(k)−αy(k)),v(k+1)=C(k)v(k),x(k+1)=V(k+1)−1u(k+1), y(k+1)=C(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).\mathbf y(k+1)=C(k)\mathbf y(k)+\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k+1))-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k)).y(k+1)=C(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).

The constants of the rate are τ~=n−(2+nB⊖)\tilde\tau=n^{-(2+nB_\ominus)}τ~=n−(2+nB⊖​), Q1=2n(1+τ~−nB⊖)/(1−τ~nB⊖)Q_1=2n(1+\tilde\tau^{-nB_\ominus})/(1-\tilde\tau^{nB_\ominus})Q1​=2n(1+τ~−nB⊖​)/(1−τ~nB⊖​), ∥V−1∥max⁡1=sup⁡k,i1/vi(k)\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}=\sup_{k,i}1/v_i(k)∥V−1∥max1​=supk,i​1/vi​(k) and, for an integer BBB,

δ=Q1(1−τ~nB⊖)B−1nB⊖,J2=3Q1∥V−1∥max⁡1κˉB(δ+Q1(B−1))(1+n)(1+4nκˉ).\delta=Q_1\big(1-\tilde\tau^{nB_\ominus}\big)^{\frac{B-1}{nB_\ominus}},\qquad J_2=3Q_1\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}\bar\kappa B\big(\delta+Q_1(B-1)\big)(1+\sqrt n)\big(1+4\sqrt n\sqrt{\bar\kappa}\big).δ=Q1​(1−τ~nB⊖​)nB⊖​B−1​,J2​=3Q1​∥V−1∥max1​κˉB(δ+Q1​(B−1))(1+n​)(1+4n​κˉ​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 18

For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, B≥B⊖B\ge B_\ominusB≥B⊖​ with δ<1\delta<1δ<1, and every step size

0<α<1.5(1−δ)2μˉJ2,0<\alpha<\frac{1.5(1-\delta)^2}{\bar\mu J_2},0<α<μˉ​J2​1.5(1−δ)2​,

there is C>0C>0C>0 with ∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F≤Cλk\|\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\top\|_F\le C\lambda^k∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F​≤Cλk for all kkk, where 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 is

λ=1−αμˉ/1.52B  if  α≤1.5(J22+(1−δ2)J2−δJ2)2μˉJ2(J2+1)2,λ=αμˉJ2/1.5+δB  otherwise.\lambda=\sqrt[2B]{1-\alpha\bar\mu/1.5}\ \text{ if }\ \alpha\le\frac{1.5\big(\sqrt{J_2^2+(1-\delta^2)J_2}-\delta J_2\big)^2}{\bar\mu J_2(J_2+1)^2},\qquad \lambda=\sqrt[B]{\sqrt{\alpha\bar\mu J_2/1.5}+\delta}\ \text{ otherwise}.λ=2B1−αμˉ​/1.5​  if  α≤μˉ​J2​(J2​+1)21.5(J22​+(1−δ2)J2​​−δJ2​)2​,λ=Bαμˉ​J2​/1.5​+δ​  otherwise.

Milestones

The paper's proof runs a small gain argument around the cycle q→z→hˇ→xˇ→q\mathbf q\to\mathbf z\to\check{\mathbf h}\to\check{\mathbf x}\to\mathbf qq→z→hˇ→xˇ→q, where q(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤\mathbf q(k)=\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\topq(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤, z\mathbf zz are gradient increments, h(k)=V(k)−1y(k)\mathbf h(k)=V(k)^{-1}\mathbf y(k)h(k)=V(k)−1y(k) and  ˇ\check{\ } ˇ is the deviation from the row average. The milestones are the paper's own statements: the equivalent recursion (48) in terms of the row stochastic R~(k)=V(k+1)−1C(k)V(k)\tilde R(k)=V(k+1)^{-1}C(k)V(k)R~(k)=V(k+1)−1C(k)V(k); the bound (49) ∥V−1∥max⁡1≤nnB⊖\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}\le n^{nB_\ominus}∥V−1∥max1​≤nnB⊖​ and row stochasticity of R~(k)\tilde R(k)R~(k); Lemma 13 (BBB-step contraction by δ\deltaδ); Lemmas 14–17 (the four arrows); Lemma 8 (an error bound for inexact gradient descent); Theorem 3 (the small gain theorem) and Lemma 4.

Significance

The theorem gives a geometric rate, with explicit constants, for a first-order method that uses only out-degree information, constant step sizes, one gradient per agent per round, and networks that are directed and need only be strongly connected jointly over windows. Before it, linear rates for distributed gradient methods required undirected or static graphs. The explicit λ\lambdaλ quantifies how the rate degrades with nnn, B⊖B_\ominusB⊖​ and the condition number κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ. The result is proved in the paper; to the extent known, no machine-checked proof exists. A formalization yields a checked statement of the rate together with reusable components: the ergodic-norm small gain theorem, the push-sum weight bound, and the inexact gradient lemma, which also serve the companion DIGing mission on undirected graphs.

Difficulty

The natural Lyapunov approach fails: with asymmetric, time-varying weights there is in general no quadratic function that decreases at every step, and the consensus error contracts only over windows of BBB iterations. The analysis therefore works with ergodic norms max⁡k≤Kλ−k∥s(k)∥F\max_{k\le K}\lambda^{-k}\|\mathbf s(k)\|_Fmaxk≤K​λ−k∥s(k)∥F​ and chains four inequalities. Two further inputs come from outside the paper: the lower bound vi(k)≥n−nB⊖v_i(k)\ge n^{-nB_\ominus}vi​(k)≥n−nB⊖​ (Corollary 2(b) of Nedić–Olshevsky 2015) and the contraction of products of row stochastic matrices with entries bounded below on arcs (Lemma 5 of Nedić–Ozdaglar 2010), both of which a complete development has to prove.

Formalization scope

Stacked iterates are functions Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); agents are indexed from 0 and time from 0. An arc j→ij\to ij→i is a pair (j, i) in a finite set A k. The weights v(k)\mathbf v(k)v(k) are defined from CCC alone, so ∥V−1∥max⁡1\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}∥V−1∥max1​ is a constant of the graph sequence; it enters statements as a number with the hypothesis that it is the least upper bound of {1/vi(k)}\{1/v_i(k)\}{1/vi​(k)}, never as a real supremum. Real powers are Real.rpow. The ergodic norm is the truncated maximum; the untruncated supremum is replaced by its pointwise meaning.

Four hypotheses are added to the page, each disclosed in the statements:

  1. Assumption 7 includes the self-weight Cjj(k)=1/(djout(k)+1)C_{jj}(k)=1/(d^{\rm out}_j(k)+1)Cjj​(k)=1/(djout​(k)+1). The printed rule assigns weights on arcs only, which makes column sums d/(d+1)d/(d+1)d/(d+1); the paper's agent updates (p. 21) and analysis use the push-sum convention.
  2. The step-size interval is open on the right: at α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ2)\alpha=1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_2)α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J2​) the printed formula gives λ=1\lambda=1λ=1.
  3. B≥B⊖B\ge B_\ominusB≥B⊖​, required by Lemma 13, makes "large enough" precise.
  4. n≥2n\ge2n≥2: at n=1n=1n=1 the constant Q1Q_1Q1​ has a zero denominator.

The goal states only the hypotheses of Theorem 18 and the rate; it does not assume any of the arrows, gains, auxiliary parameters β,η\beta,\etaβ,η or ergodic-norm bounds, so it cannot be discharged by assembling hypotheses.

A complete development needs matrix-product contraction bounds for push-sum, Frobenius-norm calculus on stacked matrices, and strong convexity estimates for inexact gradient steps. The small gain theorem, Lemma 8 and the push-sum lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving geometric convergence for distributed optimization over time-varying graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27 (2017) 2597–2633; arXiv:1607.03218v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1607.03218 — https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Distributed optimization over time-varying directed graphs, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 60 (2015) 601–615. https://arxiv.org/abs/1303.2289
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Stochastic gradient-push for strongly convex functions on time-varying directed graphs, arXiv:1406.2075, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1406.2075
  • D. Kempe, A. Dobra, J. Gehrke, Gossip-based computation of aggregate information, Proc. 44th IEEE FOCS, 2003, 482–491. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2003.1238221
  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: an exact first-order algorithm for decentralized consensus optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25 (2015) 944–966. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • G. Qu, N. Li, Harnessing smoothness to accelerate distributed optimization, arXiv:1605.07112, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.07112
  • J. Xu, S. Zhu, Y. C. Soh, L. Xie, Augmented distributed gradient methods for multi-agent optimization under uncoordinated constant stepsizes, Proc. 54th IEEE CDC, 2015, 2055–2060.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization Over Time-Varying Graphs 1: DIGing Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Undirected Graphs for Every Step Size Below 1.5(1−δ)²/(μ̄J₁)Research Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization, nnn agents each hold a private function fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R and must jointly solve

min⁡x∈Rp f(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\ f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)x∈Rpmin​ f(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x)

by exchanging vectors only with their current neighbours in a communication network. The setting covers distributed estimation and learning in sensor networks, formation control and power-system control, where no agent can see all the data and no central coordinator is available. Often the network changes over time: links appear and fail, and agents move.

The classical method, distributed gradient descent (DGD), mixes neighbours' iterates and takes a local gradient step. With a fixed step size it does not converge to the optimum, because at a consensual optimum the local gradients ∇fi(x∗)\nabla f_i(x^*)∇fi​(x∗) need not vanish; exact convergence requires diminishing steps and is then sublinear. Nedić, Olshevsky and Shi (arXiv:1607.03218, SIAM J. Optim. 2017) introduced DIGing, which adds a second variable that tracks the network-wide average gradient, and proved that it converges R-linearly (geometrically) to the exact optimum with a fixed step size, over time-varying undirected graphs, with an explicit rate.

Setting

An n×pn\times pn×p matrix x\mathbf xx is stored by its rows; row iii is agent iii's copy xi∈Rpx_i\in\mathbb R^pxi​∈Rp, and ∥x∥F\|\mathbf x\|_F∥x∥F​ is the Frobenius norm. Write xˉ=1n∑ixi\bar x=\frac1n\sum_ix_ixˉ=n1​∑i​xi​ and xˇ=x−1xˉ⊤\check{\mathbf x}=\mathbf x-\mathbf 1\bar x^\topxˇ=x−1xˉ⊤ (the consensus violation). The stacked gradient ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) has rows ∇fi(xi)\nabla f_i(x_i)∇fi​(xi​).

Objectives. Each fif_ifi​ is differentiable with LiL_iLi​-Lipschitz gradient, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 (Assumption 4), and satisfies fi(x)≥fi(y)+⟨∇fi(y),x−y⟩+μi2∥x−y∥2f_i(x)\ge f_i(y)+\langle\nabla f_i(y),x-y\rangle+\frac{\mu_i}2\|x-y\|^2fi​(x)≥fi​(y)+⟨∇fi​(y),x−y⟩+2μi​​∥x−y∥2 with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, at least one μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0 (Assumption 5). Put L=max⁡iLiL=\max_iL_iL=maxi​Li​, μˉ=1n∑iμi\bar\mu=\frac1n\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​=n1​∑i​μi​ and κˉ=L/μˉ\bar\kappa=L/\bar\muκˉ=L/μˉ​. Then fff has a unique minimizer x∗x^*x∗.

Network. At time kkk the agents communicate over an undirected graph E(k)E(k)E(k) and mix with a matrix W(k)W(k)W(k). Let WB(k)=W(k)W(k−1)⋯W(k−B+1)W_B(k)=W(k)W(k-1)\cdots W(k-B+1)WB​(k)=W(k)W(k−1)⋯W(k−B+1) and δ(k)=σmax⁡{WB(k)−1n11⊤}\delta(k)=\sigma_{\max}\{W_B(k)-\frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\top\}δ(k)=σmax​{WB​(k)−n1​11⊤}. Assumption 1 requires: Wij(k)=0W_{ij}(k)=0Wij​(k)=0 when i≠ji\ne ji=j and (j,i)∉E(k)(j,i)\notin E(k)(j,i)∈/E(k); every W(k)W(k)W(k) is doubly stochastic; and for some positive integer BBB, δ=sup⁡k≥B−1δ(k)<1\delta=\sup_{k\ge B-1}\delta(k)<1δ=supk≥B−1​δ(k)<1.

DIGing (Algorithm 1) with step size α>0\alpha>0α>0: y(0)=∇f(x(0))\mathbf y(0)=\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(0))y(0)=∇f(x(0)) and

x(k+1)=W(k)x(k)−αy(k),y(k+1)=W(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).\mathbf x(k+1)=W(k)\mathbf x(k)-\alpha\mathbf y(k),\qquad \mathbf y(k+1)=W(k)\mathbf y(k)+\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k+1))-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k)).x(k+1)=W(k)x(k)−αy(k),y(k+1)=W(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

Let J1=3κˉB2(1+4nκˉ)J_1=3\bar\kappa B^2(1+4\sqrt n\sqrt{\bar\kappa})J1​=3κˉB2(1+4n​κˉ​). For every step size 0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)0<\alpha<1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​) there is C>0C>0C>0 with

∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F≤Cλkfor all k,\|\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\top\|_F\le C\lambda^k\quad\text{for all }k,∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F​≤Cλkfor all k,

where 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 is the explicit rate

λ=1−αμˉ1.52B  if  α≤1.5(J12+(1−δ2)J1−δJ1)2μˉJ1(J1+1)2,λ=αμˉJ11.5+δB  otherwise.\lambda=\sqrt[2B]{1-\frac{\alpha\bar\mu}{1.5}}\ \text{ if }\ \alpha\le\frac{1.5(\sqrt{J_1^2+(1-\delta^2)J_1}-\delta J_1)^2}{\bar\mu J_1(J_1+1)^2},\qquad \lambda=\sqrt[B]{\sqrt{\frac{\alpha\bar\mu J_1}{1.5}}+\delta}\ \text{ otherwise.}λ=2B1−1.5αμˉ​​​  if  α≤μˉ​J1​(J1​+1)21.5(J12​+(1−δ2)J1​​−δJ1​)2​,λ=B1.5αμˉ​J1​​​+δ​  otherwise.

Milestones

The proof runs a small gain argument in the ergodic norm ∥s∥Fλ,K=max⁡k≤Kλ−k∥s(k)∥F\|\mathbf s\|_F^{\lambda,K}=\max_{k\le K}\lambda^{-k}\|\mathbf s(k)\|_F∥s∥Fλ,K​=maxk≤K​λ−k∥s(k)∥F​ around the cycle q→z→yˇ→xˇ→q\mathbf q\to\mathbf z\to\check{\mathbf y}\to\check{\mathbf x}\to\mathbf qq→z→yˇ​→xˇ→q, where q(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤\mathbf q(k)=\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\topq(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤ and z(k)\mathbf z(k)z(k) are the gradient differences. The milestones are the paper's own lemmas: Lemma 2 (the BBB-step consensus contraction); Lemmas 5, 6, 7 and 9 (the four arrows); Lemma 8 (an error bound for inexact gradient descent, used by Lemma 9); Theorem 3 (the small gain theorem); Lemma 4 (a bounded ergodic norm gives an R-linear rate).

Companions

The existence and uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ (p. 9); Corollary 11, the polynomial-in-nnn rate λ(τ)=1−τ2/(128B2n4.5κˉ1.5)B\lambda(\tau)=\sqrt[B]{1-\tau^2/(128B^2n^{4.5}\bar\kappa^{1.5})}λ(τ)=B1−τ2/(128B2n4.5κˉ1.5)​ under the concrete graph and weight Assumptions 2–3; and Proposition 1, the optimality conditions behind the algorithm.

Significance

Theorem 10 gives geometric convergence of a fixed-step method to the exact optimum over networks that may be disconnected at every instant, provided they are jointly well mixed over windows of BBB steps. Its rate is explicit in BBB, nnn, δ\deltaδ, μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ and κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ, and Corollary 11 turns it into an iteration count polynomial in nnn. Gradient tracking of this kind has since become a standard building block of decentralized optimization and learning algorithms, and the small-gain analysis in the ergodic norm is reused for other methods with time-varying or directed communication; the companion mission in this series treats Push-DIGing over directed graphs with the same machinery.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked. A formalization provides checked versions of the paper's reusable components: the small gain theorem in the ergodic norm, the error bound for inexact gradient descent on a sum of strongly convex functions, and the consensus contraction for products of doubly stochastic matrices. It also pins down the conventions the paper leaves implicit, such as the sign of the mixing weights and the endpoint of the step-size interval.

Difficulty

DIGing does not decrease any obvious quantity monotonically: the distance to the optimum can grow while the gradient tracker is still far from consensus, and over a time-varying graph a single mixing step need not contract at all; only products of BBB matrices do. A one-step Lyapunov argument therefore fails. The paper's way around this is to bound each quantity of the cycle by the previous one in the ergodic norm, with gains that depend on λ\lambdaλ, and to choose λ\lambdaλ and α\alphaα so that the product of the four gains is below one. The algebra of that choice, which produces the two-regime formula for λ\lambdaλ, is delicate: the constraints δ<λB<1\delta<\lambda^B<1δ<λB<1, 1−αμˉβ/(β+1)≤λ\sqrt{1-\alpha\bar\mu\beta/(\beta+1)}\le\lambda1−αμˉ​β/(β+1)​≤λ and the gain condition (37) pull in opposite directions. Lemma 8 needs a careful one-step analysis of gradient descent with perturbed gradient evaluations.

Formalization scope

A stacked matrix is Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); ∥⋅∥F\|\cdot\|_F∥⋅∥F​, xˉ\bar xxˉ, xˇ\check{\mathbf x}xˇ, 1c⊤\mathbf 1c^\top1c⊤ and the ergodic norm (6) are defined in DIGing.Undir.Common; WB(k)W_B(k)WB​(k), σmax⁡\sigma_{\max}σmax​ (the operator norm on Euclidean Rn\mathbb R^nRn), δ(k)\delta(k)δ(k), Assumptions 1–3, DIGing, J1J_1J1​ and the rate are in DIGing.Undir.Setting. The constants Li,μiL_i,\mu_iLi​,μi​ are parameters. δ\deltaδ is given as the least upper bound of {δ(k):k≥B−1}\{\delta(k):k\ge B-1\}{δ(k):k≥B−1}, and the optimum x∗x^*x∗ by its optimality. Agents and iterations are indexed from 000. Roots are Real.rpow.

Two hypotheses differ from the printed text, both disclosed in the item notes. Doubly stochastic includes nonnegative entries (Mathlib's doublyStochastic); the paper uses the term in this sense, and Lemma 6 is false for signed matrices with unit row and column sums. The right endpoint α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)\alpha=1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​), printed as included, is excluded: there the rate formula gives λ=1\lambda=1λ=1. Corollary 11 assumes p≥1p\ge1p≥1, the paper's standing range (p. 4).

The goal assumes nothing about the arrows, the gains, the auxiliary parameters β,η\beta,\etaβ,η or the ergodic norm of the iterates; its only rate hypothesis is 0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)0<\alpha<1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​), and its conclusion includes λ<1\lambda<1λ<1, so a bounded-sequence reading is ruled out.

A complete development needs: products and the spectral norm of doubly stochastic matrices; the ergodic norm and its monotonicity in KKK; basic smooth strongly convex analysis (existence of the minimizer, μi≤Li\mu_i\le L_iμi​≤Li​, co-coercivity); and real-power algebra for the choice of λ\lambdaλ. The small gain theorem, Lemma 8 and Lemma 2 are reusable beyond this mission, and are shared with the Push-DIGing mission of this series. Corollary 11's proof additionally uses a bound δ≤1−τ/(2n2)\delta\le1-\tau/(2n^2)δ≤1−τ/(2n2) from the consensus literature; formalizing it is a welcome separate contribution. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the arrows, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving geometric convergence for distributed optimization over time-varying graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27(4), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1607.03218 (v3 is the version formalized)
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, A. Ozdaglar, J. N. Tsitsiklis, On distributed averaging algorithms and quantization effects, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(11), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2009.2031203
  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: An exact first-order algorithm for decentralized consensus optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(2), 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • A. Nedić, A. Ozdaglar, Distributed subgradient methods for multi-agent optimization, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(1), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2009515
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

DC Programming and DCA: Thirty Years of Developments: For f = g − h with g, h ∈ Γ₀(ℝⁿ), at x ∈ ri(dom g) ∩ ri(dom h) d-Stationarity of f Is Equivalent to Strong Criticality ∅ ≠ ∂h(x) ⊂ ∂g(x)Research Paper

Motivation

DC programming is the minimization of a function f=g−hf = g - hf=g−h that is a difference of two convex functions. The class contains every C2C^2C2 function on a compact convex set and most nonconvex models of sparse learning, clustering, combinatorial relaxations and robust optimization, and its standard method, the DC Algorithm (DCA), replaces hhh by its affine minorant at the current iterate and solves a convex program at each step. DCA was introduced by Pham Dinh Tao in 1985 and developed jointly with Le Thi Hoai An from 1994 on (Pham Dinh & Le Thi 1998); the survey of Le Thi & Pham Dinh 2018 collects thirty years of that work.

DCA is guaranteed to reach critical or strongly critical points, notions that depend on the chosen decomposition g−hg - hg−h, while a decomposition-free notion, directional (d-)stationarity of fff itself, is what a user of a nonconvex model usually wants. Ahn, Pang & Xin 2017 warned that DC criticality can be much weaker than d-stationarity. Theorem 1 of the 2018 survey (p. 9) states when the two coincide. Its proof is omitted in the paper ("can be easily deduced … It is omitted here").

Setting

Let X=RnX = \mathbb R^nX=Rn with the canonical inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩. Functions take values in R∪{±∞}\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}R∪{±∞}. The effective domain of φ\varphiφ is dom⁡φ={x:φ(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\varphi = \{x : \varphi(x) < +\infty\}domφ={x:φ(x)<+∞}, and Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) is the set of proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions X→R∪{+∞}X \to \mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}X→R∪{+∞}.

The standard DC program is

(Pdc)α=inf⁡{f(x):=g(x)−h(x):x∈X},g,h∈Γ0(X),(P_{dc})\qquad \alpha = \inf\{f(x) := g(x) - h(x) : x\in X\},\qquad g, h\in\Gamma_0(X),(Pdc​)α=inf{f(x):=g(x)−h(x):x∈X},g,h∈Γ0​(X),

with the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty - (+\infty) = +\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞, and α\alphaα is assumed finite. Finiteness of α\alphaα forces dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h\operatorname{dom} g\subset\operatorname{dom} hdomg⊂domh, so dom⁡f=dom⁡g\operatorname{dom} f = \operatorname{dom} gdomf=domg.

The subdifferential of φ\varphiφ at xxx is

∂φ(x)={y∈X:φ(x)<+∞, φ(v)≥φ(x)+⟨y,v−x⟩  ∀v∈X}.\partial\varphi(x) = \{y\in X : \varphi(x) < +\infty,\ \varphi(v) \ge \varphi(x) + \langle y, v - x\rangle\ \ \forall v\in X\}.∂φ(x)={y∈X:φ(x)<+∞, φ(v)≥φ(x)+⟨y,v−x⟩  ∀v∈X}.

A point xxx is strongly critical for f=g−hf = g - hf=g−h if ∅≠∂h(x)⊂∂g(x)\emptyset \ne \partial h(x)\subset\partial g(x)∅=∂h(x)⊂∂g(x).

The directional derivative of φ\varphiφ at x∈dom⁡φx\in\operatorname{dom}\varphix∈domφ in direction uuu is φ′(x;u)=lim⁡t↓0(φ(x+tu)−φ(x))/t\varphi'(x;u) = \lim_{t\downarrow 0}(\varphi(x+tu) - \varphi(x))/tφ′(x;u)=limt↓0​(φ(x+tu)−φ(x))/t. For convex φ\varphiφ it equals inf⁡t>0(φ(x+tu)−φ(x))/t\inf_{t>0}(\varphi(x+tu)-\varphi(x))/tinft>0​(φ(x+tu)−φ(x))/t. A point x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf is d-stationary for fff if f′(x;u)≥0f'(x;u)\ge 0f′(x;u)≥0 for every u∈Xu\in Xu∈X. The support function of C⊂XC\subset XC⊂X is χC∗(u)=sup⁡y∈C⟨u,y⟩\chi^*_C(u) = \sup_{y\in C}\langle u, y\rangleχC∗​(u)=supy∈C​⟨u,y⟩, with χ∅∗≡−∞\chi^*_\emptyset \equiv -\inftyχ∅∗​≡−∞. Finally, ri⁡C\operatorname{ri} CriC is the relative interior of CCC, its interior inside the affine hull aff⁡C\operatorname{aff} CaffC.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1(iii)

For x∈ri⁡(dom⁡g)∩ri⁡(dom⁡h)x\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} g)\cap\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} h)x∈ri(domg)∩ri(domh),

x is d-stationary for f  ⟺  ∅≠∂h(x)⊂∂g(x).x \text{ is d-stationary for } f \iff \emptyset\ne\partial h(x)\subset\partial g(x).x is d-stationary for f⟺∅=∂h(x)⊂∂g(x).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1(i): for x∈dom⁡gx\in\operatorname{dom} gx∈domg with ∂h(x)≠∅\partial h(x)\ne\emptyset∂h(x)=∅,
f′(x;u)=g′(x;u)−h′(x;u)∀u∈X.f'(x;u) = g'(x;u) - h'(x;u)\qquad \forall u\in X.f′(x;u)=g′(x;u)−h′(x;u)∀u∈X.
  1. Theorem 1(ii), first sentence: under the same hypotheses, xxx is d-stationary iff g′(x;u)≥h′(x;u)g'(x;u)\ge h'(x;u)g′(x;u)≥h′(x;u) for all uuu.
  2. Theorem 1(iv): for x∈ri⁡(dom⁡g)x\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} g)x∈ri(domg) with ∂h(x)≠∅\partial h(x)\ne\emptyset∂h(x)=∅, d-stationarity implies strong criticality.
  3. Theorem 1(v): for x∈ri⁡(dom⁡h)x\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} h)x∈ri(domh), strong criticality implies d-stationarity.

Companion statements

  • Theorem 1(ii), second sentence: for x∈dom⁡gx\in\operatorname{dom} gx∈domg, if g′(x;⋅)=χ∂g(x)∗g'(x;\cdot) = \chi^*_{\partial g(x)}g′(x;⋅)=χ∂g(x)∗​ and h′(x;⋅)=χ∂h(x)∗h'(x;\cdot) = \chi^*_{\partial h(x)}h′(x;⋅)=χ∂h(x)∗​, then d-stationarity and strong criticality coincide.
  • Theorem 1(vi): if aff⁡(dom⁡g)=aff⁡(dom⁡h)\operatorname{aff}(\operatorname{dom} g) = \operatorname{aff}(\operatorname{dom} h)aff(domg)=aff(domh), then ri⁡(dom⁡g)⊂ri⁡(dom⁡h)\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} g)\subset\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} h)ri(domg)⊂ri(domh) and the equivalence holds on ri⁡(dom⁡g)\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} g)ri(domg).

Part (iii) is the goal because it is the equivalence the paper uses to justify DCA, stated under a hypothesis symmetric in ggg and hhh; (vi) is the more general companion.

Significance

The theorem connects the output of DCA with a stationarity notion intrinsic to fff. Without it, the strong criticality certified by DCA would be a property of a decomposition rather than of the problem, and different decompositions of the same fff could certify different points. With it, at points in the relative interiors of the domains, every strongly critical point is d-stationary, and conversely no d-stationary point is missed by the criticality test.

Parts (i) and (ii) are stated in the paper without proof, and so is the rest of Theorem 1; none of it has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal statement of all six parts with the extended-real conventions made explicit. Three of the printed parts are false as stated without the nonemptiness of ∂h(x)\partial h(x)∂h(x); the formal versions add that hypothesis and record a counterexample for each, so the formalization also corrects the printed statement.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes f′(x;u)=g′(x;u)−h′(x;u)f'(x;u) = g'(x;u) - h'(x;u)f′(x;u)=g′(x;u)−h′(x;u) and reads off both directions from g′≥h′g'\ge h'g′≥h′. Two steps of it fail. First, the difference can be −∞−(−∞)-\infty - (-\infty)−∞−(−∞) or +∞−(+∞)+\infty - (+\infty)+∞−(+∞), and the limit defining f′f'f′ need not be the difference of the limits; the nonemptiness of ∂h(x)\partial h(x)∂h(x) is exactly what rules out the first case. Second, passing from "g′(x;⋅)≥h′(x;⋅)g'(x;\cdot)\ge h'(x;\cdot)g′(x;⋅)≥h′(x;⋅)" to "∂h(x)⊂∂g(x)\partial h(x)\subset\partial g(x)∂h(x)⊂∂g(x)" needs h′(x;⋅)h'(x;\cdot)h′(x;⋅) to equal the support function of ∂h(x)\partial h(x)∂h(x), which holds in the relative interior of dom⁡h\operatorname{dom} hdomh but fails on its relative boundary, where h′(x;⋅)h'(x;\cdot)h′(x;⋅) need not be lower semicontinuous. The relative interior, not the interior, is essential: the domains may be lower-dimensional.

Formalization scope

XXX is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and every function maps into EReal. The published definitions TaoAnDCA.GlobalOpt.Setting supply dom⁡\operatorname{dom}dom (effDom), the DC objective with +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty - (+\infty) = +\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞ (dcSub), the subdifferential (subdiff) and α\alphaα (primalValue); Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) is the published IsProperClosedConvex. Every statement carries the standing assumptions of Theorem 1 as binders: g,h∈Γ0(X)g, h\in\Gamma_0(X)g,h∈Γ0​(X), α≠−∞\alpha\ne-\inftyα=−∞ and α≠+∞\alpha\ne+\inftyα=+∞. The mission's definitions are:

  • convDirDeriv: the convex directional derivative by the paper's infimum formula, in EReal;
  • HasDirDerivE: the predicate that the one-sided limit along t↓0t\downarrow 0t↓0 exists in EReal and equals a given value;
  • IsDStationary: x∈dom⁡φx\in\operatorname{dom}\varphix∈domφ and, for every direction, the limit exists and is ≥0\ge 0≥0;
  • IsStronglyCritical: both ∂h(x)≠∅\partial h(x)\ne\emptyset∂h(x)=∅ and ∂h(x)⊂∂g(x)\partial h(x)\subset\partial g(x)∂h(x)⊂∂g(x);
  • supportFn: the extended-real support function, −∞-\infty−∞ on ∅\emptyset∅.

The relative interior is Mathlib's intrinsicInterior ℝ, the affine hull is affineSpan ℝ. The subgradient inequality has the standard sign; display (1) of the paper prints the opposite sign, a slip. The only hypothesis added to the page is ∂h(x)≠∅\partial h(x)\ne\emptyset∂h(x)=∅, in parts (i), (ii) first sentence and (iv), each of which is false without it; parts (ii) second sentence, (iii), (v) and (vi) are stated as printed.

The statement admits trivializing formalizations, which this one rules out. Strong criticality without the nonemptiness of ∂h(x)\partial h(x)∂h(x) is vacuous wherever ∂h(x)=∅\partial h(x) = \emptyset∂h(x)=∅. A d-stationarity defined through limUnder, a real-valued derivative, or "every limit is nonnegative" holds vacuously where the limit does not exist. And g−hg - hg−h written in raw EReal would give +∞−(+∞)=−∞+\infty - (+\infty) = -\infty+∞−(+∞)=−∞.

A complete development needs the monotonicity of convex difference quotients in EReal, limit arithmetic for extended reals, and the formula φ′(x;⋅)=χ∂φ(x)∗\varphi'(x;\cdot) = \chi^*_{\partial\varphi(x)}φ′(x;⋅)=χ∂φ(x)∗​ for φ∈Γ0(Rn)\varphi\in\Gamma_0(\mathbb R^n)φ∈Γ0​(Rn) at points of ri⁡(dom⁡φ)\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom}\varphi)ri(domφ) (Rockafellar 1970, Theorem 23.4), together with the nonemptiness of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ there. These results on extended-real convex functions are reusable well beyond DC programming, and contributions of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. A. Le Thi, T. Pham Dinh, DC programming and DCA: thirty years of developments, Mathematical Programming Ser. B 169 (2018), 5–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1235-y
  • T. Pham Dinh, H. A. Le Thi, A d.c. optimization algorithm for solving the trust-region subproblem, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 476–505. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623494274313
  • M. Ahn, J.-S. Pang, J. Xin, Difference-of-convex learning: directional stationarity, optimality, and sparsity, SIAM Journal on Optimization 27 (2017), 1637–1665. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084754
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Decentralized Gradient Descent II: For Convex Smooth fᵢ the Mean Iterate Has Objective Error r̄(k) ≤ 4C²/(αk) Until r̄ Falls to C√2·αL_hD/(1 − β)Research Paper

Motivation

In decentralized optimization, nnn agents connected by a communication network jointly minimize a sum of private functions without a central coordinator: each agent sees only its own fif_ifi​ and talks only to its neighbours. Applications include sensor networks, distributed estimation, multi-agent control and learning over data spread across machines. The simplest method in this setting is decentralized gradient descent (DGD), in which every agent averages its neighbours' iterates and then takes a local gradient step. DGD and its relatives were analysed by Nedić and Ozdaglar (IEEE TAC 2009) and many later papers, almost always under the assumption that the (sub)gradients are bounded.

K. Yuan, Q. Ling and W. Yin (arXiv:1310.7063v3; SIAM J. Optim. 26(3), 2016) removed that assumption for DGD with a fixed stepsize. They showed that a stepsize bound depending on the spectrum of the mixing matrix keeps the gradients bounded, that the agents stay within O(α/(1−β))O(\alpha/(1-\beta))O(α/(1−β)) of their mean, and that for convex smooth fif_ifi​ the objective error of the mean decreases at rate O(1/(αk))O(1/(\alpha k))O(1/(αk)) until it reaches a neighbourhood of size O(α/(1−β))O(\alpha/(1-\beta))O(α/(1−β)). This mission formalizes that last result, Theorem 2 of the paper, together with the lemmas its proof rests on.

Setting

Consider n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 agents on a connected undirected graph GGG. Agent iii holds a function fi:Rp→Rf_i : \mathbb R^p \to \mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R, and the agents solve

min⁡x∈Rpf(x)=∑i=1nfi(x),(2)\min_{x \in \mathbb R^p} f(x) = \sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x), \qquad (2)x∈Rpmin​f(x)=i=1∑n​fi​(x),(2)

with solution set X∗\mathcal X^*X∗, assumed nonempty.

A mixing matrix W=[wij]W = [w_{ij}]W=[wij​] is symmetric and doubly stochastic, and wij≠0w_{ij} \ne 0wij​=0 only if i=ji = ji=j or iii and jjj are neighbours. Its eigenvalues are 1=λ1(W)≥λ2(W)≥⋯≥λn(W)≥−11 = \lambda_1(W) \ge \lambda_2(W) \ge \dots \ge \lambda_n(W) \ge -11=λ1​(W)≥λ2​(W)≥⋯≥λn​(W)≥−1, and

β=max⁡{∣λ2(W)∣,∣λn(W)∣}.(5)\beta = \max\{|\lambda_2(W)|, |\lambda_n(W)|\}. \qquad (5)β=max{∣λ2​(W)∣,∣λn​(W)∣}.(5)

Assumption 1 (p. 4): (a) each fif_ifi​ is convex, bounded below, and differentiable with an LfiL_{f_i}Lfi​​-Lipschitz gradient, Lfi>0L_{f_i} > 0Lfi​​>0; (b) the network is connected and WWW is symmetric, doubly stochastic, with β<1\beta < 1β<1.

DGD with stepsize α\alphaα, started from x(i)(0)=0x_{(i)}(0) = 0x(i)​(0)=0, is

x(i)(k+1)=∑j=1nwij x(j)(k)−α∇fi(x(i)(k)),i=1,…,n.(4)x_{(i)}(k+1) = \sum_{j=1}^n w_{ij}\, x_{(j)}(k) - \alpha \nabla f_i(x_{(i)}(k)), \qquad i = 1, \dots, n. \qquad (4)x(i)​(k+1)=j=1∑n​wij​x(j)​(k)−α∇fi​(x(i)​(k)),i=1,…,n.(4)

Stacked vectors [x(i)]=[x(1);… ;x(n)]∈Rnp[x_{(i)}] = [x_{(1)}; \dots; x_{(n)}] \in \mathbb R^{np}[x(i)​]=[x(1)​;…;x(n)​]∈Rnp carry the Euclidean norm. Write h(k)=[∇f1(x(1)(k));… ;∇fn(x(n)(k))]h(k) = [\nabla f_1(x_{(1)}(k)); \dots; \nabla f_n(x_{(n)}(k))]h(k)=[∇f1​(x(1)​(k));…;∇fn​(x(n)​(k))], xˉ(k)=1n∑ix(i)(k)\bar x(k) = \frac1n\sum_i x_{(i)}(k)xˉ(k)=n1​∑i​x(i)​(k), g(k)=1n∑i∇fi(x(i)(k))g(k) = \frac1n\sum_i\nabla f_i(x_{(i)}(k))g(k)=n1​∑i​∇fi​(x(i)​(k)), gˉ(k)=1n∑i∇fi(xˉ(k))\bar g(k) = \frac1n\sum_i \nabla f_i(\bar x(k))gˉ​(k)=n1​∑i​∇fi​(xˉ(k)), fˉ=1nf\bar f = \frac1n ffˉ​=n1​f, Lh=max⁡iLfiL_h = \max_i L_{f_i}Lh​=maxi​Lfi​​, Lfˉ=1n∑iLfiL_{\bar f} = \frac1n\sum_i L_{f_i}Lfˉ​​=n1​∑i​Lfi​​, fio=inf⁡fif_i^o = \inf f_ifio​=inffi​ and

D=2Lh∑i=1n(fi(0)−fio).(10)D = \sqrt{2L_h\textstyle\sum_{i=1}^n\big(f_i(0) - f_i^o\big)}. \qquad (10)D=2Lh​∑i=1n​(fi​(0)−fio​)​.(10)

The paper reads DGD as unit-step gradient descent on the Lyapunov function

ξα([x(i)])=−12∑i,jwij x(i)⊤x(j)+∑i(12∥x(i)∥2+αfi(x(i))).(8)\xi_\alpha([x_{(i)}]) = -\tfrac12\textstyle\sum_{i,j} w_{ij}\, x_{(i)}^\top x_{(j)} + \sum_i\big(\tfrac12\|x_{(i)}\|^2 + \alpha f_i(x_{(i)})\big). \qquad (8)ξα​([x(i)​])=−21​∑i,j​wij​x(i)⊤​x(j)​+∑i​(21​∥x(i)​∥2+αfi​(x(i)​)).(8)

For a minimizer [x~(i)][\tilde x_{(i)}][x~(i)​] of ξα\xi_\alphaξα​ and a solution x∗∈X∗x^* \in \mathcal X^*x∗∈X∗, set

C=1n(∥[x(i)(0)−x~(i)]∥+∥[x~(i)−x∗]∥),rˉ(k)=fˉ(xˉ(k))−fˉ(x∗).(17)C = \frac{1}{\sqrt n}\Big(\|[x_{(i)}(0) - \tilde x_{(i)}]\| + \|[\tilde x_{(i)} - x^*]\|\Big), \qquad \bar r(k) = \bar f(\bar x(k)) - \bar f(x^*). \qquad (17)C=n​1​(∥[x(i)​(0)−x~(i)​]∥+∥[x~(i)​−x∗]∥),rˉ(k)=fˉ​(xˉ(k))−fˉ​(x∗).(17)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 with the constants of its proof

Let 0<α≤min⁡{(1+λn(W))/Lh, 1/Lfˉ}0 < \alpha \le \min\{(1+\lambda_n(W))/L_h,\ 1/L_{\bar f}\}0<α≤min{(1+λn​(W))/Lh​, 1/Lfˉ​​} and T=C2⋅αLhD/(1−β)T = C\sqrt2\cdot\alpha L_h D/(1-\beta)T=C2​⋅αLh​D/(1−β). Then

rˉ(k)>T ⟹ rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−α4C2 rˉ(k)2,\bar r(k) > T \ \Longrightarrow\ \bar r(k+1) \le \bar r(k) - \frac{\alpha}{4C^2}\,\bar r(k)^2,rˉ(k)>T ⟹ rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−4C2α​rˉ(k)2,

and, for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, if rˉ(j)>T\bar r(j) > Trˉ(j)>T for every j<kj < kj<k, then

rˉ(k)≤4C2αk.\bar r(k) \le \frac{4C^2}{\alpha k}.rˉ(k)≤αk4C2​.

The paper prints these as rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−O(αrˉ2(k))\bar r(k+1) \le \bar r(k) - O(\alpha\bar r^2(k))rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−O(αrˉ2(k)) and rˉ(k)≤O(1/(αk))\bar r(k) \le O(1/(\alpha k))rˉ(k)≤O(1/(αk)). The constants are the ones its proof fixes: the recursion with α/(2C2)\alpha/(2C^2)α/(2C2) (milestone below) and the threshold condition "(α/(2C2))rˉ2(k)>2⋅α3D2Lh2/(2(1−β)2)(\alpha/(2C^2))\bar r^2(k) > 2\cdot\alpha^3D^2L_h^2/(2(1-\beta)^2)(α/(2C2))rˉ2(k)>2⋅α3D2Lh2​/(2(1−β)2)", under which the error term absorbs half of the quadratic decrease. That gives α/(4C2)\alpha/(4C^2)α/(4C2), and "1/rˉ(k)1/\bar r(k)1/rˉ(k) increases at Ω(αk)\Omega(\alpha k)Ω(αk)" with this constant gives 4C2/(αk)4C^2/(\alpha k)4C2/(αk).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, (10): for 0<α≤(1+λn(W))/Lh0 < \alpha \le (1+\lambda_n(W))/L_h0<α≤(1+λn​(W))/Lh​, ∥h(k)∥≤D\|h(k)\| \le D∥h(k)∥≤D for every kkk.
  2. Lemma 1: if ∥h(s)∥≤B\|h(s)\| \le B∥h(s)∥≤B for all sss, then ∥x(i)(k)−xˉ(k)∥≤αB/(1−β)\|x_{(i)}(k) - \bar x(k)\| \le \alpha B/(1-\beta)∥x(i)​(k)−xˉ(k)∥≤αB/(1−β).
  3. Lemma 2: ∥∇fi(x(i)(k))−∇fi(xˉ(k))∥≤αBLfi/(1−β)\|\nabla f_i(x_{(i)}(k)) - \nabla f_i(\bar x(k))\| \le \alpha B L_{f_i}/(1-\beta)∥∇fi​(x(i)​(k))−∇fi​(xˉ(k))∥≤αBLfi​​/(1−β) and ∥g(k)−gˉ(k)∥≤αBLh/(1−β)\|g(k) - \bar g(k)\| \le \alpha B L_h/(1-\beta)∥g(k)−gˉ​(k)∥≤αBLh​/(1−β).
  4. (15): xˉ(k+1)=xˉ(k)−αg(k)\bar x(k+1) = \bar x(k) - \alpha g(k)xˉ(k+1)=xˉ(k)−αg(k).
  5. (17): ∥[x(i)(k)−x~(i)]∥≤∥[x(i)(0)−x~(i)]∥\|[x_{(i)}(k) - \tilde x_{(i)}]\| \le \|[x_{(i)}(0) - \tilde x_{(i)}]\|∥[x(i)​(k)−x~(i)​]∥≤∥[x(i)​(0)−x~(i)​]∥ and ∥xˉ(k)−x∗∥≤C\|\bar x(k) - x^*\| \le C∥xˉ(k)−x∗∥≤C.
  6. rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−α2∥gˉ(k)∥2+α3D2Lh22(1−β)2\bar r(k+1) \le \bar r(k) - \frac{\alpha}{2}\|\bar g(k)\|^2 + \frac{\alpha^3D^2L_h^2}{2(1-\beta)^2}rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−2α​∥gˉ​(k)∥2+2(1−β)2α3D2Lh2​​.
  7. rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−α2C2rˉ(k)2+α3D2Lh22(1−β)2\bar r(k+1) \le \bar r(k) - \frac{\alpha}{2C^2}\bar r(k)^2 + \frac{\alpha^3D^2L_h^2}{2(1-\beta)^2}rˉ(k+1)≤rˉ(k)−2C2α​rˉ(k)2+2(1−β)2α3D2Lh2​​.

Significance

Theorem 2 is the convex, non-strongly-convex case of the paper's analysis. It says that DGD with a constant stepsize behaves like centralized gradient descent, with rate O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), until it reaches a floor of size O(α/(1−β))O(\alpha/(1-\beta))O(α/(1−β)). The floor shrinks with the stepsize and grows as the spectral gap 1−β1-\beta1−β of the network closes, which makes the trade-off between speed, accuracy and network connectivity explicit. The result is proved without bounded gradients; the boundedness comes out of the stepsize condition through the Lyapunov function. It is the baseline that exact methods such as EXTRA (Shi et al. 2015) were designed to improve on.

The paper's proof is complete in its main lines but informal in places: the rate is stated with O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), the constant CCC is written with a kkk-dependent x∗(k)x^*(k)x∗(k), and the minimizer of ξα\xi_\alphaξα​ is asserted to exist on grounds that do not suffice. To our knowledge no part of this analysis (DGD, mixing matrices with spectral bounds, the Lyapunov reformulation) has been machine-checked. A formal proof fixes the constants, records the needed hypotheses, and supplies decentralized-optimization infrastructure that Mathlib lacks.

Difficulty

The obvious approach treats the mean xˉ(k)\bar x(k)xˉ(k) as gradient descent on fˉ\bar ffˉ​ with the exact gradient gˉ(k)\bar g(k)gˉ​(k), which fails: by (15) the mean moves along g(k)g(k)g(k), the average of gradients taken at different points. Controlling g(k)−gˉ(k)g(k) - \bar g(k)g(k)−gˉ​(k) needs the consensus bound of Lemma 1, which in turn needs the gradients to be bounded, and no assumption bounds them. They are bounded only because DGD is unit-step gradient descent on ξα\xi_\alphaξα​ and the stepsize condition makes that descent monotone (Theorem 1). Lemma 1 also needs the operator-norm identity ∥Wm−1n11⊤∥=βm\|W^m - \frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\top\| = \beta^m∥Wm−n1​11⊤∥=βm for a symmetric doubly stochastic WWW, a spectral fact about sorted eigenvalues. Finally, the recursion in rˉ\bar rrˉ needs a bound on ∥xˉ(k)−x∗∥\|\bar x(k) - x^*\|∥xˉ(k)−x∗∥ that is uniform in kkk, which comes from Fejér monotonicity of the iterates with respect to a minimizer of ξα\xi_\alphaξα​, not from anything about fˉ\bar ffˉ​.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) and stacked vectors are PiLp 2 (fun _ : Fin n => ℝᵖ), so every stacked norm (∥h(k)∥\|h(k)\|∥h(k)∥, DDD, CCC) is Euclidean on Rnp\mathbb R^{np}Rnp, not the sup norm. Gradients are Mathlib's gradient. DGD is a recursively defined sequence started at 000, not an arbitrary sequence with a property. λn(W)\lambda_n(W)λn​(W) and β\betaβ come from the eigenvalues of the symmetric WWW sorted with multiplicity (eigenvalues₀). fiof_i^ofio​ is inf⁡fi\inf f_iinffi​, and LhL_hLh​ is a supremum over the finite index set, i.e. a maximum.

Conventions and additions, each disclosed in the item statements:

  • n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 is part of Assumption 1 (so that λ2(W)\lambda_2(W)λ2​(W) exists); α>0\alpha > 0α>0 (a stepsize).
  • A minimizer [x~(i)][\tilde x_{(i)}][x~(i)​] of ξα\xi_\alphaξα​ is a hypothesis. The paper derives its existence from minimizers of the fif_ifi​, which Assumption 1 does not provide.
  • CCC uses one fixed x∗∈X∗x^* \in \mathcal X^*x∗∈X∗, chosen before kkk; that x∗x^*x∗ also defines fˉ∗=fˉ(x∗)\bar f^* = \bar f(x^*)fˉ​∗=fˉ​(x∗). On the page x∗x^*x∗ in (17) is x∗(k)x^*(k)x∗(k), which would make CCC depend on kkk.
  • Theorem 1's convergence sentence is not posed; it fails at the boundary stepsize α=(1+λn(W))/Lh\alpha = (1+\lambda_n(W))/L_hα=(1+λn​(W))/Lh​. Only the bound (10) is posed, for every k≥0k \ge 0k≥0.
  • Lemmas 1 and 2 take a generic gradient bound BBB in place of DDD.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The iterates are the DGD recursion itself. The threshold in the rate is required at every earlier step, not only at step kkk. CCC does not depend on kkk. The constants α/(4C2)\alpha/(4C^2)α/(4C2) and 4C2/(αk)4C^2/(\alpha k)4C2/(αk) are explicit, not an existential placed before the data. A sorry-free instance (n=2n = 2n=2, W=1211⊤W = \frac12\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topW=21​11⊤, constant fif_ifi​) shows that the goal's hypotheses can all hold together.

A complete development needs: the operator norm of Wm−1n11⊤W^m - \frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\topWm−n1​11⊤ via the spectral theorem, the descent lemma and co-coercivity for LLL-smooth convex functions on Euclidean space, ∥∇g∥2≤2L(g−inf⁡g)\|\nabla g\|^2 \le 2L(g - \inf g)∥∇g∥2≤2L(g−infg) for LLL-smooth functions bounded below, and Fejér monotonicity of gradient descent. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; Lemmas 1–2 and (15) do not use convexity.

Selected references

  • K. Yuan, Q. Ling, W. Yin, On the Convergence of Decentralized Gradient Descent, SIAM J. Optim. 26(3), 2016, https://doi.org/10.1137/130943170; preprint arXiv:1310.7063v3 (the version cited throughout). https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.7063
  • A. Nedić, A. Ozdaglar, Distributed Subgradient Methods for Multi-Agent Optimization, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(1):48–61, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2009515
  • Y. Nesterov, Gradient Methods for Minimizing Composite Objective Function, CORE report, 2007 (reference [21] of the paper, cited for the gradient-descent facts); journal version Math. Program. 140:125–161, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0629-5
  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: An Exact First-Order Algorithm for Decentralized Consensus Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(2):944–966, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/14096668X
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

EXTRA: An Exact First-Order Algorithm for Decentralized Consensus Optimization 2: If g Is Restricted Strongly Convex and α < 2μ_g λmin(W̃)/L_f², ‖z^k − z*‖²_G Converges Q-Linearly to 0Research Paper

Decentralized consensus optimization

In decentralized consensus optimization, nnn agents connected by a communication network cooperatively solve

min⁡x∈Rp fˉ(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\ \bar f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x),x∈Rpmin​ fˉ​(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x),

where agent iii privately holds the convex function fif_ifi​ and may only exchange vectors with its neighbours. The model covers distributed estimation and learning over sensor networks, multi-agent control and decentralized machine learning, where no agent may collect all the data. The classical method, decentralized gradient descent (DGD), lets every agent average its neighbours' iterates and take a local gradient step. With a fixed step size DGD stalls at a neighbourhood of the solution whose size is proportional to the step, so exact convergence requires diminishing steps and is slow.

Shi, Ling, Wu and Yin (arXiv:1404.6264; SIAM J. Optim. 25 (2015)) introduced EXTRA, an "exact first-order algorithm" that keeps a fixed step size and still converges to the exact solution. This mission formalizes the second main result of that paper: under restricted strong convexity, EXTRA converges linearly. The companion mission of the series covers the sublinear rates for general convex objectives.

Setting

Agent iii keeps a local copy x(i)∈Rpx_{(i)}\in\mathbb R^px(i)​∈Rp; the stacked variable x∈Rn×p\mathbf x\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}x∈Rn×p has these copies as rows, with Frobenius inner product ⟨x,y⟩F=∑i⟨x(i),y(i)⟩\langle\mathbf x,\mathbf y\rangle_F=\sum_i\langle x_{(i)},y_{(i)}\rangle⟨x,y⟩F​=∑i​⟨x(i)​,y(i)​⟩. Write f(x)=∑ifi(x(i))\mathbf f(\mathbf x)=\sum_i f_i(x_{(i)})f(x)=∑i​fi​(x(i)​), let ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) be the matrix with rows ∇fi(x(i))\nabla f_i(x_{(i)})∇fi​(x(i)​), and for a symmetric matrix MMM let ∥x∥M2=trace⁡(xTMx)\|\mathbf x\|_M^2=\operatorname{trace}(\mathbf x^{\mathsf T}M\mathbf x)∥x∥M2​=trace(xTMx).

Two symmetric mixing matrices W,W~∈Rn×nW,\tilde W\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}W,W~∈Rn×n satisfy Assumption 1: their off-diagonal entries vanish between non-neighbours of a connected graph; null⁡{W−W~}=span⁡{1}\operatorname{null}\{W-\tilde W\}=\operatorname{span}\{\mathbf 1\}null{W−W~}=span{1} and W~1=1\tilde W\mathbf 1=\mathbf 1W~1=1; and W~≻0\tilde W\succ0W~≻0, I+W2⪰W~⪰W\frac{I+W}{2}\succeq\tilde W\succeq W2I+W​⪰W~⪰W. Each fif_ifi​ is convex with LfL_{\mathbf f}Lf​-Lipschitz gradient (Assumption 2), and the problem has a solution x∗x^*x∗ (Assumption 3). With step size α>0\alpha>0α>0, EXTRA is

x1=Wx0−α∇f(x0),xk+2=(I+W)xk+1−W~xk−α[∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)].\mathbf x^1=W\mathbf x^0-\alpha\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^0),\qquad \mathbf x^{k+2}=(I+W)\mathbf x^{k+1}-\tilde W\mathbf x^k-\alpha\big[\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^{k+1})-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^k)\big].x1=Wx0−α∇f(x0),xk+2=(I+W)xk+1−W~xk−α[∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)].

Each agent uses only its own gradient and its neighbours' iterates.

The analysis uses U=(W~−W)1/2U=(\tilde W-W)^{1/2}U=(W~−W)1/2, the auxiliary sequence qk=∑t=0kUxt\mathbf q^k=\sum_{t=0}^kU\mathbf x^tqk=∑t=0k​Uxt, an optimal pair (q∗,x∗)(\mathbf q^*,\mathbf x^*)(q∗,x∗) with x∗=1(x∗)T\mathbf x^*=\mathbf 1(x^*)^{\mathsf T}x∗=1(x∗)T, q∗=Up\mathbf q^*=U\mathbf pq∗=Up, Uq∗+α∇f(x∗)=0U\mathbf q^*+\alpha\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^*)=0Uq∗+α∇f(x∗)=0, and the stacked pair zk=(qk;xk)\mathbf z^k=(\mathbf q^k;\mathbf x^k)zk=(qk;xk), z∗=(q∗;x∗)\mathbf z^*=(\mathbf q^*;\mathbf x^*)z∗=(q∗;x∗) measured in ∥z∥G2=∥q∥F2+∥x∥W~2\|\mathbf z\|_G^2=\|\mathbf q\|_F^2+\|\mathbf x\|_{\tilde W}^2∥z∥G2​=∥q∥F2​+∥x∥W~2​.

A gradient map ∇h\nabla h∇h is restricted strongly convex with respect to x~\tilde xx~ with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0 if ⟨∇h(x)−∇h(x~),x−x~⟩≥μ∥x−x~∥2\langle\nabla h(x)-\nabla h(\tilde x),x-\tilde x\rangle\ge\mu\|x-\tilde x\|^2⟨∇h(x)−∇h(x~),x−x~⟩≥μ∥x−x~∥2 for all xxx. The condition is imposed on the penalized function

g(x)=f(x)+14α∥x∥W~−W2,∇g(x)=∇f(x)+12α(W~−W)x.\mathbf g(\mathbf x)=\mathbf f(\mathbf x)+\frac{1}{4\alpha}\|\mathbf x\|^2_{\tilde W-W},\qquad \nabla\mathbf g(\mathbf x)=\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)+\frac1{2\alpha}(\tilde W-W)\mathbf x .g(x)=f(x)+4α1​∥x∥W~−W2​,∇g(x)=∇f(x)+2α1​(W~−W)x.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.7 (p. 15)

If g\mathbf gg is restricted strongly convex with respect to x∗\mathbf x^*x∗ with constant μg>0\mu_{\mathbf g}>0μg​>0 and α<2μgλmin⁡(W~)/Lf2\alpha<2\mu_{\mathbf g}\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)/L_{\mathbf f}^2α<2μg​λmin​(W~)/Lf2​, then there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that for all kkk

∥zk−z∗∥G2 ≥ (1+δ) ∥zk+1−z∗∥G2,\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2\ \ge\ (1+\delta)\,\|\mathbf z^{k+1}-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2,∥zk−z∗∥G2​ ≥ (1+δ)∥zk+1−z∗∥G2​,

and consequently ∥xk−x∗∥W~2=O((1+δ)−k)\|\mathbf x^k-\mathbf x^*\|_{\tilde W}^2=O\big((1+\delta)^{-k}\big)∥xk−x∗∥W~2​=O((1+δ)−k). The goal asserts the existence of a contraction factor, not a particular value of δ\deltaδ, so it survives any improvement of the constants.

Milestones

  1. the summed form (3.5) of EXTRA and Lemma 3.2, the error recursion
(I+W−2W~)(xk+1−x∗)+W~(xk+1−xk)=−U(qk+1−q∗)−α[∇f(xk)−∇f(x∗)];(I+W-2\tilde W)(\mathbf x^{k+1}-\mathbf x^*)+\tilde W(\mathbf x^{k+1}-\mathbf x^k)=-U(\mathbf q^{k+1}-\mathbf q^*)-\alpha[\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^k)-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^*)];(I+W−2W~)(xk+1−x∗)+W~(xk+1−xk)=−U(qk+1−q∗)−α[∇f(xk)−∇f(x∗)];
  1. the descent inequality (3.29), for every tunable η>0\eta>0η>0;
  2. the dual bound (3.35), controlling ∥qk+1−q∗∥F2\|\mathbf q^{k+1}-\mathbf q^*\|_F^2∥qk+1−q∗∥F2​ by primal quantities through σmax⁡\sigma_{\max}σmax​ and the smallest nonzero eigenvalue λ~min⁡(W~−W)\tilde\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W-W)λ~min​(W~−W);
  3. the critical inequality (3.30) for every δ\deltaδ below the explicit minimum (3.38), under η∈(0,2μg)\eta\in(0,2\mu_{\mathbf g})η∈(0,2μg​) and αLf2<ηλmin⁡(W~)\alpha L_{\mathbf f}^2<\eta\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)αLf2​<ηλmin​(W~) (3.39).

A companion item states Proposition 3.6: fˉ\bar ffˉ​ is restricted strongly convex at x∗x^*x∗ if and only if g\mathbf gg is at 1(x∗)T\mathbf 1(x^*)^{\mathsf T}1(x∗)T.

Significance

Theorem 3.7 is what separates EXTRA from DGD: a fixed step size gives linear convergence to the exact solution, with the strong convexity requirement placed on g\mathbf gg, not on the individual fif_ifi​ (Remark 1). By Proposition 3.6 this is the same as restricted strong convexity of the global objective fˉ\bar ffˉ​, so agents with merely convex local losses still converge linearly. EXTRA is an early member of the family of exact decentralized methods (gradient tracking, NIDS, exact diffusion), whose linear-rate analyses use Lyapunov functions of the same primal–dual type.

The result is proved in the paper. Neither it nor any other decentralized optimization rate is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform. A formal development would produce a reusable layer for stacked variables, Frobenius geometry, matrix-weighted norms and mixing-matrix assumptions, on which other decentralized algorithms could be stated.

Difficulty

The obvious Lyapunov function ∥xk−x∗∥2\|\mathbf x^k-\mathbf x^*\|^2∥xk−x∗∥2 does not contract: EXTRA is a primal–dual method in disguise, and the primal error alone can increase. The contraction holds only for the joint quantity ∥zk−z∗∥G2\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2∥zk−z∗∥G2​, and the descent inequality (3.29) controls only the primal part of ∥zk+1−z∗∥G2\|\mathbf z^{k+1}-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2∥zk+1−z∗∥G2​. The dual error qk+1−q∗\mathbf q^{k+1}-\mathbf q^*qk+1−q∗ must be bounded separately. That bound (3.35) works only because qk+1−q∗\mathbf q^{k+1}-\mathbf q^*qk+1−q∗ lies in the range of W~−W\tilde W-WW~−W, where W~−W\tilde W-WW~−W is invertible with smallest nonzero eigenvalue λ~min⁡\tilde\lambda_{\min}λ~min​. Restricted strong convexity of g\mathbf gg also gives curvature only toward the single point x∗\mathbf x^*x∗, not between arbitrary pairs.

Formalization scope

Stacked variables are Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p). The sup norm Lean puts on this type is never used: Frobenius quantities go through an explicit inner product frob, and ∥x∥M2\|\mathbf x\|_M^2∥x∥M2​ is the quadratic form frob x (mix M x), also for indefinite MMM as in (3.29). λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​, λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​, λ~min⁡\tilde\lambda_{\min}λ~min​ and σmax⁡\sigma_{\max}σmax​ are pinned by their characterisations (an eigenvalue that is extreme among all eigenvalues). UUU is any symmetric positive semidefinite matrix with U2=W~−WU^2=\tilde W-WU2=W~−W. Assumptions 1–3 are standing hypotheses of every item except Proposition 3.6, which assumes only Assumptions 1 and 2, as printed. Assumption 2 uses one common Lipschitz constant LfL_{\mathbf f}Lf​. The step-size conditions are multiplied out (αLf2<2μgλmin⁡(W~)\alpha L_{\mathbf f}^2<2\mu_{\mathbf g}\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)αLf2​<2μg​λmin​(W~)), so that Lf=0L_{\mathbf f}=0Lf​=0 is not turned into α<0\alpha<0α<0 by Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0. The gradients of fˉ\bar ffˉ​ and g\mathbf gg are written as explicit formulas.

The goal does not mention η\etaη, θ\thetaθ, the minimum (3.38) or (3.30). A version assuming those intermediate inequalities would be trivial, and so would one with a free δ\deltaδ allowed to depend on kkk. The printed "In addition" sentence of Proposition 3.6 (μg≥μfˉ\mu_{\mathbf g}\ge\mu_{\bar f}μg​≥μfˉ​​) is false; the companion item states the direction proved in Appendix A.

The infrastructure needed is: Frobenius inner products of stacked variables, quadratic-form bounds by extreme eigenvalues, the range/nullspace argument for symmetric positive semidefinite matrices, and the elementary inequality ∥a+b∥2≤θ∥a∥2+θθ−1∥b∥2\|\mathbf a+\mathbf b\|^2\le\theta\|\mathbf a\|^2+\frac{\theta}{\theta-1}\|\mathbf b\|^2∥a+b∥2≤θ∥a∥2+θ−1θ​∥b∥2. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on matrix-weighted norms, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: An Exact First-Order Algorithm for Decentralized Consensus Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(2) (2015) 944–966; arXiv:1404.6264v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • A. Nedić, A. Ozdaglar, Distributed Subgradient Methods for Multi-Agent Optimization, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(1) (2009) 48–61. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2009515
  • K. Yuan, Q. Ling, W. Yin, On the Convergence of Decentralized Gradient Descent, SIAM J. Optim. 26(3) (2016) 1835–1854; arXiv:1310.7063. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.7063
  • M.-J. Lai, W. Yin, Augmented ℓ1 and Nuclear-Norm Models with a Globally Linearly Convergent Algorithm, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 6(2) (2013) 1059–1091 (the source of the restricted strong convexity notion). https://doi.org/10.1137/120863290
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimizing Finite Sums with the Stochastic Average Gradient: SAG with Step 1/(16L) Has E[g(x̄ᵏ)] − g(x*) ≤ (32n/k)C₀, and Rate (1 − min{μ/(16L), 1/(8n)})ᵏC₀ if g Is μ-Strongly ConvexResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics and machine learning minimize a finite sum: an average of nnn smooth convex losses, one per data point, often plus a strongly convex regularizer. The full gradient method costs nnn component gradients per iteration and converges at rate O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), or linearly when the objective is strongly convex (Nesterov, 2004). The stochastic gradient method costs one component gradient per iteration, but its rates are sublinear, O(1/k)O(1/\sqrt k)O(1/k​) and O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), and these are optimal for algorithms that only see unbiased gradient estimates (Nemirovski et al., 2009).

The stochastic average gradient (SAG) method of Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach exploits the finiteness of the sum: it keeps the last gradient computed for every component and steps along their average. It was the first method with the iteration cost of the stochastic gradient method and the rates of the full gradient method.

Timeline.

  • 2007: Blatt, Hero and Gauchman prove convergence of the incremental aggregated gradient (IAG) method, the deterministic-order ancestor of SAG (SIAM J. Optim. 18(1)).
  • 2012: Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach introduce SAG and prove linear convergence of E∥xk−x∗∥2\mathbb E\|x^k-x^*\|^2E∥xk−x∗∥2 for strongly convex sums, with step 1/(2nL)1/(2nL)1/(2nL), and a faster rate with step 1/(2nμ)1/(2n\mu)1/(2nμ) when n≥8L/μn\ge 8L/\mun≥8L/μ (arXiv:1202.6258).
  • 2013–2017: Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach give the analysis formalized here: one step size 1/(16L)1/(16L)1/(16L), an O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) rate for convex sums and a linear rate (1−min⁡{μ/16L,1/8n})k(1-\min\{\mu/16L,1/8n\})^k(1−min{μ/16L,1/8n})k for strongly convex sums, both in function values (arXiv:1309.2388; Math. Program. 162, 2017).
  • 2013–2014: SVRG (Johnson and Zhang, 2013) and SAGA (Defazio, Bach and Lacoste-Julien, 2014) give variance-reduced methods with simpler, unbiased updates.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rp→Rf_1,\dots,f_n:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rp→R, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and

g(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x).g(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x).g(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x).

Write fi′f'_ifi′​ for the gradient of fif_ifi​ and g′=1n∑ifi′g'=\frac1n\sum_i f'_ig′=n1​∑i​fi′​. The standing assumptions are: each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable; each gradient is Lipschitz with constant L>0L>0L>0, ∥fi′(x)−fi′(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|f'_i(x)-f'_i(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥; and some x∗x^*x∗ minimizes ggg. Put σ2=1n∑i∥fi′(x∗)∥2\sigma^2=\frac1n\sum_i\|f'_i(x^*)\|^2σ2=n1​∑i​∥fi′​(x∗)∥2. The function ggg is μ\muμ-strongly convex if x↦g(x)−μ2∥x∥2x\mapsto g(x)-\frac\mu2\|x\|^2x↦g(x)−2μ​∥x∥2 is convex.

A state is θ=(y,x)\theta=(y,x)θ=(y,x): a table y=(y1,…,yn)y=(y_1,\dots,y_n)y=(y1​,…,yn​) of vectors in Rp\mathbb R^pRp and an iterate x∈Rpx\in\mathbb R^px∈Rp. One SAG step with index iii and step size α\alphaα replaces yiy_iyi​ by fi′(x)f'_i(x)fi′​(x) and then sets

x←x−αn∑j=1nyjx\leftarrow x-\frac{\alpha}{n}\sum_{j=1}^n y_jx←x−nα​j=1∑n​yj​

with the refreshed table. The indices i1,i2,…i_1,i_2,\dotsi1​,i2​,… are independent and uniform on {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}; θk=(yk,xk)\theta^k=(y^k,x^k)θk=(yk,xk) is the state after kkk steps, and xˉk=1k∑i=0k−1xi\bar x^k=\frac1k\sum_{i=0}^{k-1}x^ixˉk=k1​∑i=0k−1​xi is the average iterate. Expectations are over the indices only; the data are fixed. The table starts either at yi0=0y^0_i=0yi0​=0 or at the centered gradients yi0=fi′(x0)−g′(x0)y^0_i=f'_i(x^0)-g'(x^0)yi0​=fi′​(x0)−g′(x0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 7)

With α=116L\alpha=\frac1{16L}α=16L1​ and every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

E[g(xˉk)]−g(x∗)≤32nkC0,\mathbb E[g(\bar x^k)]-g(x^*)\le\frac{32n}{k}C_0,E[g(xˉk)]−g(x∗)≤k32n​C0​,

and, if ggg is μ\muμ-strongly convex with μ>0\mu>0μ>0,

E[g(xk)]−g(x∗)≤(1−min⁡{μ16L,18n})kC0,\mathbb E[g(x^k)]-g(x^*)\le\Big(1-\min\Big\{\frac{\mu}{16L},\frac1{8n}\Big\}\Big)^kC_0,E[g(xk)]−g(x∗)≤(1−min{16Lμ​,8n1​})kC0​,

where C0=g(x0)−g(x∗)+4Ln∥x0−x∗∥2+σ216LC_0=g(x^0)-g(x^*)+\frac{4L}n\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{\sigma^2}{16L}C0​=g(x0)−g(x∗)+n4L​∥x0−x∗∥2+16Lσ2​ for y0=0y^0=0y0=0 and C0=32[g(x0)−g(x∗)]+4Ln∥x0−x∗∥2C_0=\frac32[g(x^0)-g(x^*)]+\frac{4L}n\|x^0-x^*\|^2C0​=23​[g(x0)−g(x∗)]+n4L​∥x0−x∗∥2 for the centered table. All four combinations are stated, with the paper's constants.

Milestones (Appendix B)

The proof of Appendix B builds a Lyapunov function

L(θ)=2h g(x+de⊤y)−2h g(x∗)+(θ−θ∗)⊤(a1ee⊤+a2Ibebe⊤cI)(θ−θ∗),\mathcal L(\theta)=2h\,g(x+de^\top y)-2h\,g(x^*)+(\theta-\theta^*)^\top\begin{pmatrix}a_1ee^\top+a_2I&be\\ b e^\top&cI\end{pmatrix}(\theta-\theta^*),L(θ)=2hg(x+de⊤y)−2hg(x∗)+(θ−θ∗)⊤(a1​ee⊤+a2​Ibe⊤​becI​)(θ−θ∗),

with e⊤y=∑iyie^\top y=\sum_iy_ie⊤y=∑i​yi​ and θ∗=(f′(x∗),x∗)\theta^*=(f'(x^*),x^*)θ∗=(f′(x∗),x∗), and fixes constants a1,a2,b,c,d,ha_1,a_2,b,c,d,ha1​,a2​,b,c,d,h (App. B.5). The milestones follow it: the expectation identity of Lemma 1 and the inverse of Lemma 2; inequalities (12) and (13); the B.3 bound of E[L(θk)∣Fk−1]−(1−δ)L(θk−1)\mathbb E[\mathcal L(\theta^k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]-(1-\delta)\mathcal L(\theta^{k-1})E[L(θk)∣Fk−1​]−(1−δ)L(θk−1) by a quadratic in xk−1−x∗x^{k-1}-x^*xk−1−x∗ and g′(xk−1)g'(x^{k-1})g′(xk−1); the verification of Constraints 1–9 for the B.5 constants; the one-step decrease and the domination g(x)−g(x∗)≤L(θ)g(x)-g(x^*)\le\mathcal L(\theta)g(x)−g(x∗)≤L(θ) (B.7); the linear, summed and averaged rates in terms of L(θ0)\mathcal L(\theta^0)L(θ0); and the initial values of L\mathcal LL for the two tables (B.8).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that one component gradient per iteration suffices for the convergence rates of the full gradient method on finite sums. In the strongly convex case the rate (1−min⁡{μ/16L,1/8n})k(1-\min\{\mu/16L,1/8n\})^k(1−min{μ/16L,1/8n})k is, for nnn large relative to L/μL/\muL/μ, better per pass through the data than the full gradient method's. The result started the line of variance-reduced methods (SVRG, SAGA, and their accelerated and proximal variants), which are now standard for empirical risk minimization. The convex-case rate holds without strong convexity and from either initialization.

Formalizing it. The rates are proved on paper, but the proof leans on a large symbolic computation: Table B.3 has dozens of terms, and the verification that the chosen constants satisfy the constraints (B.6) was done with computer algebra and an off-paper script for n∈{2,3,4}n\in\{2,3,4\}n∈{2,3,4}. A machine-checked proof removes that dependency. The appendix also contains slips: a parametric step of B.4 that fails for b<0b<0b<0, a wrong coefficient in B.8.2's intermediate identity, and a missing argument for n=1n=1n=1. A formal proof settles which claims are right as stated. No formal proof of Theorem 1 is known to be recorded in a proof assistant library.

Difficulty

The method is not a stochastic gradient method in disguise: the step αn∑jyj\frac\alpha n\sum_jy_jnα​∑j​yj​ is a biased estimate of g′(x)g'(x)g′(x), because the table holds stale gradients. The standard argument, a one-step contraction of ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x^k-x^*\|^2∥xk−x∗∥2 in expectation, fails, since the bias depends on the whole table. The analysis must track the joint state (y,x)∈Rnp×Rp(y,x)\in\mathbb R^{np}\times\mathbb R^p(y,x)∈Rnp×Rp through a Lyapunov function with several free parameters, find constants for which its expected decrease is negative uniformly in nnn and μ/L\mu/Lμ/L, and show that it dominates g(x)−g(x∗)g(x)-g(x^*)g(x)−g(x∗). Each of these steps reduces to sign conditions on rational functions of nnn and μ/L\mu/Lμ/L that hold for all n≥2n\ge2n≥2, not just for a few values.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), and the components are indexed by Fin n. The gradients are an explicit map f', tied to f by HasGradientAt at every point. ggg and g′g'g′ are the published SAGA.Convex.fAvg and SAGA.Convex.gradAvg. The expectation over kkk i.i.d. uniform indices is the uniform average over all nkn^knk index sequences (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx). A conditional expectation given Fk−1\mathcal F_{k-1}Fk−1​ is the average over the next index from an arbitrary current state. The SAG step refreshes the table at the current iterate before the iterate moves. The average iterate includes x0x^0x0 and excludes xkx^kxk.

The standing assumptions are exactly those of §3: n≥1n\ge1n≥1, L>0L>0L>0, each fif_ifi​ convex and differentiable with LLL-Lipschitz gradient, and x∗x^*x∗ a minimizer of ggg. Strong convexity is assumed only where the paper assumes it, in the shifted-convexity form of §3, with μ>0\mu>0μ>0 in Theorem 1 and μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 in Appendix B. Hypotheses added to milestones, each one used by the paper without stating it, are n≥2n\ge2n≥2 wherever the B.5 constants appear (p. 43: "We will assume n>1n>1n>1"), μ≤L\mu\le Lμ≤L in the constraint verification (B.6), and the sign conditions h≥0h\ge0h≥0, 0≤δ≤10\le\delta\le10≤δ≤1, B3,B4>0B_3,B_4>0B3​,B4​>0, B62/(4B3)+B8≥0B_6^2/(4B_3)+B_8\ge0B62​/(4B3​)+B8​≥0 in the B.3 bound. The goal covers n=1n=1n=1.

The goal is stated directly about expectIdx of ggg along the SAG iterates from the two initial tables. It does not mention the Lyapunov function, its constants, or one-step averages, so it cannot be discharged by unfolding a definition. Junk values of Lean division are excluded by n≥1n\ge1n≥1, L>0L>0L>0 and k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

A complete development needs the expectation identity of Lemma 1 for block quadratic forms, smoothness and co-coercivity inequalities for convex functions with Lipschitz gradients, Jensen's inequality for finite uniform averages, and exact rational inequalities in nnn and μ/L\mu/Lμ/L. The first two are reusable for other variance-reduced methods (SAGA, SVRG, IAG). Proofs of any milestone, of the n=1n=1n=1 case, and alternative proofs of the constraint verification are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, Minimizing finite sums with the stochastic average gradient, Mathematical Programming 162 (2017), 83–112. arXiv:1309.2388v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.2388
  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A stochastic gradient method with an exponential convergence rate for finite training sets, NeurIPS 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.6258
  • D. Blatt, A. O. Hero, H. Gauchman, A convergent incremental gradient method with a constant step size, SIAM Journal on Optimization 18(1) (2007), 29–51. https://doi.org/10.1137/040615961
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19(4) (2009), 1574–1609. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • R. Johnson, T. Zhang, Accelerating stochastic gradient descent using predictive variance reduction, NeurIPS 2013. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4937-accelerating-stochastic-gradient-descent-using-predictive-variance-reduction
  • A. Defazio, F. Bach, S. Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A fast incremental gradient method with support for non-strongly convex composite objectives, NeurIPS 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0202
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

EXTRA: An Exact First-Order Algorithm for Decentralized Consensus Optimization 1: For 0 < α < 2λmin(W̃)/L_f, EXTRA Converges and Its Optimality Residuals Are O(1/k) on Average, o(1/k) at BestResearch Paper

Decentralized consensus optimization

In decentralized consensus optimization a connected network of nnn agents cooperatively solves

min⁡x∈Rp fˉ(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x),(1.1)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\ \bar f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x),\tag{1.1}x∈Rpmin​ fˉ​(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x),(1.1)

where agent iii privately knows the convex function fif_ifi​ and may exchange information only with its neighbours. The model covers distributed estimation in sensor networks, decentralized learning over data that cannot be pooled, and multi-agent control and power systems, where a central coordinator is unavailable or undesirable.

The standard first-order method is decentralized gradient descent (DGD) of Nedić and Ozdaglar (2009): every agent averages its neighbours' iterates with weights from a mixing matrix WWW and takes a local gradient step. With a fixed step size, DGD does not converge to a minimizer of (1.1) but to a neighbourhood of one whose size scales with the step size (Yuan, Ling and Yin, arXiv:1310.7063); exact convergence needs diminishing steps and is then slow. Shi, Ling, Wu and Yin (arXiv:1404.6264, SIAM J. Optim. 2015) introduced EXTRA, a decentralized method with the same per-iteration cost as DGD that converges exactly with a fixed step size. This mission formalizes its convergence and sublinear rate for convex objectives with Lipschitz gradients (§3.1–3.2 of the paper).

Setting

Agent iii holds a local copy x(i)∈Rpx_{(i)}\in\mathbb R^px(i)​∈Rp of the variable. The stacked variable x∈Rn×p\mathbf x\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}x∈Rn×p has x(i)Tx_{(i)}^{\mathsf T}x(i)T​ as its iii-th row, f(x)=∑ifi(x(i))\mathbf f(\mathbf x)=\sum_i f_i(x_{(i)})f(x)=∑i​fi​(x(i)​), and ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) has ∇fi(x(i))T\nabla f_i(x_{(i)})^{\mathsf T}∇fi​(x(i)​)T as its iii-th row. For a symmetric MMM, ∥x∥M2=trace⁡(xTMx)\|\mathbf x\|_M^2=\operatorname{trace}(\mathbf x^{\mathsf T}M\mathbf x)∥x∥M2​=trace(xTMx), and ∥⋅∥F\|\cdot\|_F∥⋅∥F​ is the Frobenius norm.

Mixing matrices (Assumption 1). On a connected graph with vertex set {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, the matrices W,W~∈Rn×nW,\tilde W\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}W,W~∈Rn×n vanish off the edges and the diagonal, are symmetric, satisfy null⁡{W−W~}=span⁡{1}\operatorname{null}\{W-\tilde W\}=\operatorname{span}\{\mathbf 1\}null{W−W~}=span{1} and (I−W~)1=0(I-\tilde W)\mathbf 1=0(I−W~)1=0, and obey W~≻0\tilde W\succ0W~≻0 and I+W2⪰W~⪰W\frac{I+W}2\succeq\tilde W\succeq W2I+W​⪰W~⪰W. The recommended choice is W~=I+W2\tilde W=\frac{I+W}2W~=2I+W​.

Objectives (Assumptions 2–3). Each fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R is convex and differentiable with LfL_{\mathbf f}Lf​-Lipschitz gradient, and (1.1) has a minimizer.

EXTRA (Algorithm 1). Fix a step size α>0\alpha>0α>0 and any x0\mathbf x^0x0. Set x1=Wx0−α∇f(x0)\mathbf x^1=W\mathbf x^0-\alpha\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^0)x1=Wx0−α∇f(x0) and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

xk+2=(I+W)xk+1−W~xk−α[∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)].\mathbf x^{k+2}=(I+W)\mathbf x^{k+1}-\tilde W\mathbf x^k-\alpha\big[\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^{k+1})-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^k)\big].xk+2=(I+W)xk+1−W~xk−α[∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)].

Analysis objects. U=(W~−W)1/2U=(\tilde W-W)^{1/2}U=(W~−W)1/2 is the symmetric positive semidefinite square root, qk=∑t=0kUxt\mathbf q^k=\sum_{t=0}^kU\mathbf x^tqk=∑t=0k​Uxt, zk=(qk;xk)\mathbf z^k=(\mathbf q^k;\mathbf x^k)zk=(qk;xk) and G=diag⁡(I,W~)G=\operatorname{diag}(I,\tilde W)G=diag(I,W~). A pair z∗=(q∗;x∗)\mathbf z^*=(\mathbf q^*;\mathbf x^*)z∗=(q∗;x∗) is optimal if q∗=Up\mathbf q^*=U\mathbf pq∗=Up for some p\mathbf pp and

Uq∗+α∇f(x∗)=0,Ux∗=0.U\mathbf q^*+\alpha\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^*)=\mathbf 0,\qquad U\mathbf x^*=\mathbf 0 .Uq∗+α∇f(x∗)=0,Ux∗=0.

By Lemma 3.1 these are exactly the pairs whose x∗\mathbf x^*x∗ is consensual with every row solving (1.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5 (sublinear rates)

Under Assumptions 1–3 and 0<α<2λmin⁡(W~)/Lf0<\alpha<2\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)/L_{\mathbf f}0<α<2λmin​(W~)/Lf​, as k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞,

1k∑t=1k∥zt−zt+1∥G2=O ⁣(1k),min⁡t≤k∥zt−zt+1∥G2=o ⁣(1k),\frac1k\sum_{t=1}^k\|\mathbf z^t-\mathbf z^{t+1}\|_G^2=O\!\Big(\frac1k\Big),\qquad \min_{t\le k}\|\mathbf z^t-\mathbf z^{t+1}\|_G^2=o\!\Big(\frac1k\Big),k1​t=1∑k​∥zt−zt+1∥G2​=O(k1​),t≤kmin​∥zt−zt+1∥G2​=o(k1​),

and the same O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) running-average and o(1/k)o(1/k)o(1/k) running-best rates hold for the optimality residuals ∥Uqt+α∇f(xt)∥W~2\|U\mathbf q^t+\alpha\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x^t)\|_{\tilde W}^2∥Uqt+α∇f(xt)∥W~2​ (violation of first-order optimality) and ∥Uxt∥F2\|U\mathbf x^t\|_F^2∥Uxt∥F2​ (violation of consensus). The statement involves only the iterates: no optimal pair, constant or summability hypothesis appears in it.

Theorem 3.3 (exact convergence)

For every optimal z∗\mathbf z^*z∗ and every kkk,

∥zk−z∗∥G2−∥zk+1−z∗∥G2≥ζ∥zk−zk+1∥G2,ζ=1−αLf2λmin⁡(W~),\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2-\|\mathbf z^{k+1}-\mathbf z^*\|_G^2\ge\zeta\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^{k+1}\|_G^2,\qquad \zeta=1-\frac{\alpha L_{\mathbf f}}{2\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)},∥zk−z∗∥G2​−∥zk+1−z∗∥G2​≥ζ∥zk−zk+1∥G2​,ζ=1−2λmin​(W~)αLf​​,

and zk\mathbf z^kzk converges to an optimal z∗\mathbf z^*z∗.

Milestones

In attack order: Proposition 2.2 (spectral consequences of Assumption 1), Proposition 2.1 (consensus plus zero total gradient implies optimality), Lemma 3.1 (optimality conditions), (3.5) and Lemma 3.2 (the error recursion), the co-coercivity inequality (3.10), the descent inequality (3.17), Theorem 3.3, Proposition 3.4 (rates of summable sequences), the summability bound (3.19), the residual decomposition (3.20) and the constant υ\upsilonυ of p. 14.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 is what distinguishes EXTRA from DGD: a fixed step size, independent of the network size and as large as 1/Lf1/L_{\mathbf f}1/Lf​ for W~=I+W2\tilde W=\frac{I+W}2W~=2I+W​, reaches the exact minimizer. Theorem 3.5 quantifies this with rates on quantities each agent can relate to its own state, the progress between iterates and the two optimality residuals. The analysis, which writes a two-step gradient recursion as a contraction in a GGG-norm on the pair (qk,xk)(\mathbf q^k,\mathbf x^k)(qk,xk), was reused by later exact decentralized methods, such as the proximal-gradient extension PG-EXTRA, so its formal statement is reusable beyond this one algorithm.

The results are proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of them is known at the time of writing, and Mathlib has no decentralized optimization. The mission's output is a formal, self-contained statement of the EXTRA model and its convergence theory, with each step of the published proof isolated as a milestone. Alternative proofs of the convergence clause of Theorem 3.3 (the paper defers it to the standard analysis of contraction methods, citing B. He, Math. Programming 66, 1994) are welcome.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt treats EXTRA as gradient descent on some function, and fails: the iteration is not a gradient step for any function of xk\mathbf x^kxk alone, because the correction ∑t≤k(W~−W)xt\sum_{t\le k}(\tilde W-W)\mathbf x^t∑t≤k​(W~−W)xt carries the whole history. The quantity that decreases is a distance on the lifted pair (qk,xk)(\mathbf q^k,\mathbf x^k)(qk,xk) in the GGG-norm, not any natural quantity of xk\mathbf x^kxk alone. Whether the progress ∥zk−zk+1∥G2\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^{k+1}\|_G^2∥zk−zk+1∥G2​ is monotone is left open in the paper (p. 14), which is why the rates are stated for running averages and running minima rather than for the last iterate. Passing from the progress ∥zk−zk+1∥G2\|\mathbf z^k-\mathbf z^{k+1}\|_G^2∥zk−zk+1∥G2​ to the optimality residuals requires a spectral comparison of the quadratic forms of (I−W~)W~(I−W~)(I-\tilde W)\tilde W(I-\tilde W)(I−W~)W~(I−W~) and W~−W\tilde W-WW~−W, which rests on the null-space part of Assumption 1. In Lean, the convergence clause of Theorem 3.3 needs a Fejér-type argument in a non-Euclidean, matrix-weighted norm on Rn×p×Rn×p\mathbb R^{n\times p}\times\mathbb R^{n\times p}Rn×p×Rn×p.

Formalization scope

Rows are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) and a stacked variable is a function Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p). The Lean norm on such functions is the sup norm and is never used: the Frobenius inner product is an explicit sum frob, and ∥x∥M2\|\mathbf x\|_M^2∥x∥M2​ is the quadratic form mnormSq M x =⟨x,Mx⟩=\langle\mathbf x,M\mathbf x\rangle=⟨x,Mx⟩. Matrices act row-wise through mix. λmin⁡(W~)\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)λmin​(W~) is a parameter characterised as the smallest real eigenvalue. UUU is a parameter with U=UTU=U^{\mathsf T}U=UT, U⪰0U\succeq0U⪰0 and U2=W~−WU^2=\tilde W-WU2=W~−W, which determines it uniquely. Running minima range over 1≤t≤k1\le t\le k1≤t≤k, the indices of the sums; OOO and ooo are Mathlib's Landau relations along atTop.

Committed conventions and added hypotheses:

  • one common Lipschitz constant Lf≥0L_{\mathbf f}\ge0Lf​≥0 instead of per-agent LfiL_{f_i}Lfi​​ (equivalent);
  • n>0n>0n>0 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 explicit; the step condition is multiplied out, αLf<2λmin⁡(W~)\alpha L_{\mathbf f}<2\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)αLf​<2λmin​(W~), so that Lf=0L_{\mathbf f}=0Lf​=0 is allowed;
  • the dimension ppp is free, including the trivial p=0p=0p=0;
  • (3.19) is stated with ζ\zetaζ and "≤\le≤" where the page prints δ\deltaδ and "===", together with summability.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal assumes neither convergence, nor summability, nor an optimal pair, and its hypotheses are satisfiable (two agents, W=1211TW=\frac12\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^{\mathsf T}W=21​11T, W~=I+W2\tilde W=\frac{I+W}2W~=2I+W​, λmin⁡(W~)=12\lambda_{\min}(\tilde W)=\frac12λmin​(W~)=21​).

A complete development needs basic linear algebra of symmetric positive semidefinite matrices acting on Rn×p\mathbb R^{n\times p}Rn×p (null spaces, ranges, comparison of quadratic forms), co-coercivity of gradients of convex LLL-smooth functions (the Baillon–Haddad theorem), and summable-sequence asymptotics. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of general lemmas on matrix-weighted norms of stacked variables, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: An Exact First-Order Algorithm for Decentralized Consensus Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(2), 2015; preprint arXiv:1404.6264v4, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • A. Nedić, A. Ozdaglar, Distributed Subgradient Methods for Multi-agent Optimization, IEEE Trans. Automatic Control 54(1), 48–61, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2009515
  • K. Yuan, Q. Ling, W. Yin, On the Convergence of Decentralized Gradient Descent, SIAM J. Optim. 26(3), 2016; arXiv:1310.7063. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.7063
  • D. Davis, W. Yin, Convergence Rates of Splitting Algorithms for Optimization (as cited in the paper), arXiv:1406.4834, 2014 (source of the o(1/k)o(1/k)o(1/k) running-best device). https://arxiv.org/abs/1406.4834
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryMachine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives III: Any Deterministic Algorithm with Gradient and Prox Oracles Needs Ω(m√(γ/λ)·log(λε₀/(γε))) Queries on Smooth Strongly Convex SumsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning and statistics minimize an average of component losses, F(x)=1m∑i=1mfi(x)F(x)=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m f_i(x)F(x)=m1​∑i=1m​fi​(x): one term per training example, per data shard, or per block of a decomposed objective. Incremental methods such as SAG, SVRG, SAGA, SDCA and their accelerated variants touch one component at a time, so the natural measure of their work is the number of component queries. When every component is γ\gammaγ-smooth and λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex, accelerated incremental methods reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ after on the order of (m+mγ/λ)log⁡(ϵ0/ϵ)(m+\sqrt{m\gamma/\lambda})\log(\epsilon_0/\epsilon)(m+mγ/λ​)log(ϵ0​/ϵ) queries, while treating FFF as one function and running accelerated gradient descent costs mγ/λlog⁡(ϵ0/ϵ)m\sqrt{\gamma/\lambda}\log(\epsilon_0/\epsilon)mγ/λ​log(ϵ0​/ϵ) component queries.

Woodworth and Srebro ask how far this can go when the oracle is as strong as possible: for a requested component it returns the value, the gradient, and an exact proximal point, the minimizer of fi(u)+β2∥x−u∥2f_i(u)+\frac\beta2\|x-u\|^2fi​(u)+2β​∥x−u∥2. A proximal step solves a whole optimization problem for that component, so it is not obvious that oracle-complexity lower bounds for gradient methods survive. Their Theorem 4 shows that for deterministic algorithms they do: the full mγ/λm\sqrt{\gamma/\lambda}mγ/λ​ factor is unavoidable (Woodworth and Srebro, 2016, Theorem 4, p. 6). Randomization is what separates this from the upper bounds of accelerated incremental methods, which the paper treats separately.

Timeline. Nemirovski and Yudin (1983) and Nesterov (2004) gave the γ/λlog⁡(1/ϵ)\sqrt{\gamma/\lambda}\log(1/\epsilon)γ/λ​log(1/ϵ) lower bound for one smooth strongly convex function under span-restricted methods. Agarwal and Bottou (2015) gave finite-sum lower bounds for deterministic methods with gradient access. Lan and Zhou (2018) proved bounds for randomized incremental gradient methods. Woodworth and Srebro (NeurIPS 2016; revised arXiv v3, 2019) handled arbitrary deterministic and randomized algorithms with a gradient-and-prox oracle and no span assumption.

Setting

Write Ed=RdE_d=\mathbb R^dEd​=Rd with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. A finite-sum objective is F(x)=1m∑i=1mfi(x)F(x)=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m f_i(x)F(x)=m1​∑i=1m​fi​(x) with m≥2m\ge2m≥2 components fi:Ed→Rf_i:E_d\to\mathbb Rfi​:Ed​→R. A component is γ\gammaγ-smooth if it is differentiable and its gradient is γ\gammaγ-Lipschitz, and λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+λ2∥x−y∥2f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\lambda2\|x-y\|^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2λ​∥x−y∥2 for all x,yx,yx,y.

A query names a component iii, a point xxx, and a parameter β>0\beta>0β>0. The oracle hFh_FhF​ answers with fi(x)f_i(x)fi​(x), ∇fi(x)\nabla f_i(x)∇fi​(x), and proxfi(x,β)=arg⁡min⁡u{fi(u)+β2∥x−u∥2}\mathrm{prox}_{f_i}(x,\beta)=\arg\min_u\{f_i(u)+\frac\beta2\|x-u\|^2\}proxfi​​(x,β)=argminu​{fi​(u)+2β​∥x−u∥2}. A deterministic algorithm chooses each query as a function of the answers it has received so far. The quantity bounded from below is the number of queries before some query point x^\hat xx^ satisfies F(x^)−F(x∗)<ϵF(\hat x)-F(x^*)<\epsilonF(x^)−F(x∗)<ϵ, where x∗x^*x∗ minimizes FFF.

The proof works with directions v0,…,vkv_0,\dots,v_kv0​,…,vk​, chosen orthonormal, and indicators δi,r∈{0,1}\delta_{i,r}\in\{0,1\}δi,r​∈{0,1} with ∑iδi,r=⌊m/2⌋\sum_i\delta_{i,r}=\lfloor m/2\rfloor∑i​δi,r​=⌊m/2⌋, and the components (at γ=1\gamma=1γ=1)

fi(x)=1−λ8(δi,1(⟨x,v0⟩2−2C⟨x,v0⟩)+δi,kζ⟨x,vk⟩2+∑r=1kδi,r⟨x,vr−1−vr⟩2)+λ2∥x∥2.f_i(x)=\frac{1-\lambda}{8}\Big(\delta_{i,1}(\langle x,v_0\rangle^2-2C\langle x,v_0\rangle)+\delta_{i,k}\zeta\langle x,v_k\rangle^2+\sum_{r=1}^k\delta_{i,r}\langle x,v_{r-1}-v_r\rangle^2\Big)+\frac\lambda2\|x\|^2 .fi​(x)=81−λ​(δi,1​(⟨x,v0​⟩2−2C⟨x,v0​⟩)+δi,k​ζ⟨x,vk​⟩2+r=1∑k​δi,r​⟨x,vr−1​−vr​⟩2)+2λ​∥x∥2.

With Q=⌊m/2⌋m(1λ−1)+1Q=\frac{\lfloor m/2\rfloor}{m}(\frac1\lambda-1)+1Q=m⌊m/2⌋​(λ1​−1)+1 and q=Q−1Q+1q=\frac{\sqrt Q-1}{\sqrt Q+1}q=Q​+1Q​−1​ these define the quantities in the milestones (App. B.4, pp. 16–17).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 in Ω\OmegaΩ form

Let R=mγ/λ log⁡λϵ0γϵR=m\sqrt{\gamma/\lambda}\,\log\frac{\lambda\epsilon_0}{\gamma\epsilon}R=mγ/λ​logγϵλϵ0​​. There are absolute constants c,C>0c,C>0c,C>0 such that for every m≥2m\ge2m≥2, γ,λ>0\gamma,\lambda>0γ,λ>0 with γ/λ>73\gamma/\lambda>73γ/λ>73, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and ϵ0>3γϵ/λ\epsilon_0>3\gamma\epsilon/\lambdaϵ0​>3γϵ/λ there is a dimension d≤CRd\le CRd≤CR with the following property. For every deterministic algorithm AAA there are γ\gammaγ-smooth, λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex f1,…,fmf_1,\dots,f_mf1​,…,fm​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd and an exact oracle for them, with a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of FFF and F(0)−F(x∗)=ϵ0F(0)-F(x^*)=\epsilon_0F(0)−F(x∗)=ϵ0​, such that every query point xnx_nxn​ with n+1≤cRn+1\le cRn+1≤cR satisfies

F(xn)−F(x∗)≥ϵ.F(x_n)-F(x^*)\ge\epsilon .F(xn​)−F(x∗)≥ϵ.

The constants are left unspecified, as in the paper's OOO and Ω\OmegaΩ.

Milestones

At γ=1\gamma=1γ=1, λ<1/73\lambda<1/73λ<1/73, the proof establishes, in order: the closed form of FFF with the factor λ(Q−1)/8\lambda(Q-1)/8λ(Q−1)/8; the minimizer x∗=C∑r=0kqr+1vrx^*=C\sum_{r=0}^kq^{r+1}v_rx∗=C∑r=0k​qr+1vr​ with F(x∗)=−λC28(Q−1)2F(x^*)=-\frac{\lambda C^2}{8}(\sqrt Q-1)^2F(x∗)=−8λC2​(Q​−1)2; the ratio bound F(xt)−F(x∗)F(0)−F(x∗)≥q2t−q2k+2Q\frac{F(x_t)-F(x^*)}{F(0)-F(x^*)}\ge\frac{q^{2t}-q^{2k+2}}{\sqrt Q}F(0)−F(x∗)F(xt​)−F(x∗)​≥Q​q2t−q2k+2​ for points orthogonal to vt,…,vkv_t,\dots,v_kvt​,…,vk​; the exponential bound ≥12Qe−4t/(Q−1)\ge\frac1{2\sqrt Q}e^{-4t/(\sqrt Q-1)}≥2Q​1​e−4t/(Q​−1) once k+1=⌈t−12log⁡q⌉k+1=\lceil t-\frac1{2\log q}\rceilk+1=⌈t−2logq1​⌉; the choice of ttt that makes the ratio at least ϵ/ϵ0\epsilon/\epsilon_0ϵ/ϵ0​; and the final count m2⌊⋅⌋≥m40λlog⁡λϵ02ϵ\frac m2\lfloor\cdot\rfloor\ge\frac m{40\sqrt\lambda}\log\frac{\sqrt\lambda\epsilon_0}{2\epsilon}2m​⌊⋅⌋≥40λ​m​log2ϵλ​ϵ0​​ (pp. 17–18).

Significance

The theorem shows that an exact component prox does not buy a better dependence on the condition number γ/λ\gamma/\lambdaγ/λ for deterministic methods: the best deterministic method is, up to constants, accelerated gradient descent on FFF itself. Combined with the paper's randomized lower bounds and known upper bounds, it pins down the gap between deterministic and randomized incremental methods at a factor of about m\sqrt mm​. It also tells designers of distributed and incremental solvers that a prox subroutine per component cannot replace randomization.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. This mission formalizes the complete deterministic argument: the closed-form algebra of the quadratic construction, the geometric decay of its error along the chain, the counting of rounds, and, as the main work, the adversary that keeps the oracle's answers consistent with an algorithm that has not yet found the later directions. Each algebraic step is checked separately, so its constants are verified individually.

Difficulty

The argument from function values and gradients is standard for span-restricted methods. It does not cover this setting, for two reasons. First, the algorithm is arbitrary and deterministic: its query points need not lie in the span of earlier gradients, so the directions vrv_rvr​ must be chosen adaptively, orthogonal to every query made so far. The hard instance therefore depends on the algorithm, and the oracle must be shown to answer every query consistently with one fixed set of components, chosen at the end. Second, the prox answer is the minimizer of a global problem. The proof must show that, while a component has not been queried in round ttt, the prox of the truncated component coincides with the prox of the final one. The paper asserts this step for the strongly convex construction ("a fact which follows directly from the previous proof"). A solver has to carry it out for the extra λ2∥x∥2\frac\lambda2\|x\|^22λ​∥x∥2 term.

The algebraic steps are also delicate in their constants: the boundary equation at vkv_kvk​ holds only with ζ=1−q\zeta=1-qζ=1−q, and the final count uses λ<1/73\lambda<1/73λ<1/73 and ϵ0>3ϵ/λ\epsilon_0>3\epsilon/\lambdaϵ0​>3ϵ/λ to keep the logarithm and the floor away from their degenerate values.

Formalization scope

Points live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Components are indexed by Fin m (from 0); λ\lambdaλ is written lam. A deterministic algorithm is a function from the list of previous responses to the next query, and an oracle is a fixed function from queries to responses (value, gradient, prox). Query n is the paper's (n+1)(n+1)(n+1)-st. Prox points are a predicate (IsProx), not a choice function, and queries carry β>0\beta>0β>0. Smoothness is a global gradient that is γ\gammaγ-Lipschitz, and strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn, which for differentiable functions is equivalent to the gradient inequality above. The minimum is an explicit minimizer, never a real infimum. ⌊m/2⌋\lfloor m/2\rfloor⌊m/2⌋ is natural-number division.

Choices that strengthen or pin the page's statement, each disclosed in the items:

  • the domain is all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, which is what the proof uses;
  • the dimension is chosen before the algorithm, which the proof supports;
  • the point x^\hat xx^ ranges over query points;
  • the oracle is exact and memoryless.

The goal mentions none of the proof's objects (vrv_rvr​, δ\deltaδ, rounds, QQQ, qqq, ζ\zetaζ, CCC, kkk), so it cannot be made trivial by fixing the construction. Its conclusion requires a genuine minimizer with F(0)−F(x∗)=ϵ0F(0)-F(x^*)=\epsilon_0F(0)−F(x∗)=ϵ0​, so the claim cannot hold for degenerate components.

Needed infrastructure: quadratic forms over orthonormal families, gradients and prox points of quadratics plus λ2∥x∥2\frac\lambda2\|x\|^22λ​∥x∥2, and an adaptive Gram–Schmidt adversary. The model of algorithms and oracles is shared with the companion missions on Theorems 1 and 3 and can be reused for other oracle-complexity lower bounds. Proofs of individual milestones, of the consistency step, and of the scaling from γ=1\gamma=1γ=1 to general γ\gammaγ are all welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Woodworth and N. Srebro, Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives, NeurIPS 2016; arXiv:1605.08003v3, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.08003
  • A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Agarwal and L. Bottou, A Lower Bound for the Optimization of Finite Sums, ICML 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1410.0723
  • G. Lan and Y. Zhou, An Optimal Randomized Incremental Gradient Method, Mathematical Programming, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.02000
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryMachine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives II: Any Deterministic Algorithm with Gradient and Prox Oracle Access Needs Ω(m√(γB²/ε)) Queries on Sums of m Convex γ-Smooth FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning and statistics minimize an average of mmm convex losses, one per data point or per block of data. Incremental methods such as SAG, SVRG, SAGA, SDCA, Finito and Katyusha exploit this finite-sum structure: each step touches one component fif_ifi​ instead of the whole average, and for smooth components the best of them reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ with far fewer component evaluations than full-gradient methods. A natural question is how much of this improvement is possible at all, and whether access to stronger per-component information, such as a proximal step, could do better still.

B. Woodworth and N. Srebro, Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives (NeurIPS 2016, arXiv:1605.08003), answer this with lower bounds on the number of component-oracle calls. Their oracle returns, for a requested component, its value, its gradient, and its exact proximal point. Earlier lower bounds covered only gradient access to smooth, strongly convex sums: Agarwal and Bottou (arXiv:1410.0723) for deterministic algorithms, and Lan (arXiv:1507.02000) for randomized algorithms that sample components from a fixed distribution and keep their iterates in the span of the gradients received (p. 2–3 of the paper). Woodworth and Srebro allow any algorithm, any sequence of gradient and prox queries, and iterates anywhere in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, in all four combinations of Lipschitz or smooth components and bounded or strongly convex objectives. This mission formalizes the deterministic bound for smooth, not strongly convex components on a bounded domain (Theorem 3 of the paper).

Setting

Fix integers m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and d≥0d\ge0d≥0, and write Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. The domain is the ball X={x∈Rd:∥x∥≤B}\mathcal X=\{x\in\mathbb R^d:\|x\|\le B\}X={x∈Rd:∥x∥≤B}. Given functions f1,…,fm:Rd→Rf_1,\dots,f_m:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fm​:Rd→R, the objective is

F(x)=1m∑i=1mfi(x).F(x)=\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m f_i(x).F(x)=m1​i=1∑m​fi​(x).

A component fif_ifi​ is γ\gammaγ-smooth on X\mathcal XX if it is differentiable and its gradient is γ\gammaγ-Lipschitz on X\mathcal XX: ∥∇fi(x)−∇fi(y)∥≤γ∥x−y∥\|\nabla f_i(x)-\nabla f_i(y)\|\le\gamma\|x-y\|∥∇fi​(x)−∇fi​(y)∥≤γ∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X. Each fif_ifi​ is also required to be convex on X\mathcal XX.

A query is a triple (i,x,β)(i,x,\beta)(i,x,β) of a component index, a point x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd and a parameter β>0\beta>0β>0. The oracle hFh_FhF​ answers it exactly with

hF(x,i,β)=[fi(x), ∇fi(x), prox⁡fi(x,β)],prox⁡fi(x,β)∈arg min⁡u∈X{fi(u)+β2∥x−u∥2}.h_F(x,i,\beta)=\bigl[f_i(x),\ \nabla f_i(x),\ \operatorname{prox}_{f_i}(x,\beta)\bigr],\qquad \operatorname{prox}_{f_i}(x,\beta)\in\operatorname*{arg\,min}_{u\in\mathcal X}\Bigl\{f_i(u)+\frac\beta2\|x-u\|^2\Bigr\}.hF​(x,i,β)=[fi​(x), ∇fi​(x), proxfi​​(x,β)],proxfi​​(x,β)∈u∈Xargmin​{fi​(u)+2β​∥x−u∥2}.

A deterministic algorithm AAA chooses its first query, and then each next query as a function of the ordered list of answers received so far. Running AAA against an oracle produces a sequence of query points x(0),x(1),…x^{(0)},x^{(1)},\dotsx(0),x(1),….

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

There are absolute constants c,C>0c,C>0c,C>0 such that for every m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and γ,B,ϵ>0\gamma,B,\epsilon>0γ,B,ϵ>0 there is a dimension d≤C mγB2/ϵd\le C\,m\sqrt{\gamma B^2/\epsilon}d≤CmγB2/ϵ​ with the following property. For every deterministic algorithm AAA there are convex, γ\gammaγ-smooth components f1,…,fmf_1,\dots,f_mf1​,…,fm​ on the BBB-ball, an exact oracle for them, and a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of FFF over the ball, such that

F(x(n))−F(x∗) ≥ ϵfor every n with n+1≤c mγB2/ϵ.F\bigl(x^{(n)}\bigr)-F(x^*)\ \ge\ \epsilon\qquad\text{for every } n \text{ with } n+1\le c\,m\sqrt{\gamma B^2/\epsilon}.F(x(n))−F(x∗) ≥ ϵfor every n with n+1≤cmγB2/ϵ​.

In words: Ω(mγB2/ϵ)\Omega\bigl(m\sqrt{\gamma B^2/\epsilon}\bigr)Ω(mγB2/ϵ​) oracle calls are needed before any queried point is strictly ϵ\epsilonϵ-suboptimal. The constants are left unspecified, as in the paper's Ω\OmegaΩ and OOO.

Milestones

The proof (Appendix B.3) builds the components adaptively from orthonormal directions v0,…,vkv_0,\dots,v_kv0​,…,vk​ and indicators δi,r∈{0,1}\delta_{i,r}\in\{0,1\}δi,r​∈{0,1}. The milestones are the claims it states on the way:

  1. the average of the hard components equals the truncated quadratic Fk+1F^{k+1}Fk+1, and agrees with FqF^qFq at points orthogonal to vq,…,vkv_q,\dots,v_kvq​,…,vk​;
  2. the explicit minimizer xt∗=a∑r=0t−1(1−r+1t+1)vrx_t^*=a\sum_{r=0}^{t-1}\bigl(1-\frac{r+1}{t+1}\bigr)v_rxt∗​=a∑r=0t−1​(1−t+1r+1​)vr​ of FtF^tFt and its value −a2⌊m/2⌋8m(1−1t+1)-\frac{a^2\lfloor m/2\rfloor}{8m}\bigl(1-\frac1{t+1}\bigr)−8ma2⌊m/2⌋​(1−t+11​);
  3. ∥xt∗∥2≤a2t/3\|x_t^*\|^2\le a^2t/3∥xt∗​∥2≤a2t/3;
  4. the gap F(x)−F(x∗)≥1/(32k2)F(x)-F(x^*)\ge 1/(32k^2)F(x)−F(x∗)≥1/(32k2) for points not yet aware of the later half of the directions;
  5. Lemma 4: the gradient of the partial function fitf_i^tfit​ agrees with that of fif_ifi​ when iii is queried during round ttt;
  6. Lemma 5: the same for the constrained prox;
  7. the linear construction that forces mmm queries when ϵ\epsilonϵ is large.

Significance

The result. Running accelerated gradient descent on FFF, with all mmm component gradients computed at each step, finds an ϵ\epsilonϵ-suboptimal point with O(mγB2/ϵ)O\bigl(m\sqrt{\gamma B^2/\epsilon}\bigr)O(mγB2/ϵ​) oracle calls (§2 and Table 1 of the paper). Theorem 3 shows that this is optimal among deterministic algorithms, up to a constant factor: neither incremental access to single components nor an exact prox oracle improves the order of the deterministic complexity. Randomized algorithms need only between m+mγB2/ϵm+\sqrt{m\gamma B^2/\epsilon}m+mγB2/ϵ​ and mlog⁡(ϵ0/ϵ)+mγB2/ϵm\log(\epsilon_0/\epsilon)+\sqrt{m\gamma B^2/\epsilon}mlog(ϵ0​/ϵ)+mγB2/ϵ​ calls (Table 1, with ϵ0\epsilon_0ϵ0​ the suboptimality of the point 000), so Theorem 3 also measures the benefit of randomization in incremental methods such as accelerated SVRG: a factor of order m\sqrt mm​ in the dominant term.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof needs the adaptive adversary argument in full: the construction of directions orthogonal to all earlier queries, the consistency of answers given by partial functions, and the explicit linear-algebra of the tridiagonal quadratic. The paper's final count m/(166ϵ)m/(16\sqrt{6\epsilon})m/(166ϵ​) is false for some parameters (for even mmm and ϵ=1/500\epsilon=1/500ϵ=1/500), and the large-ϵ\epsilonϵ construction needs a dimension of order mmm that the stated bound d=O(mγB2/ϵ)d=O(m\sqrt{\gamma B^2/\epsilon})d=O(mγB2/ϵ​) does not allow when ϵ≫γB2\epsilon\gg\gamma B^2ϵ≫γB2; a complete formal proof settles both points.

Difficulty

The algorithm is arbitrary and adaptive, and it sees exact prox points, which in principle reveal far more about a component than a gradient. The construction must therefore be chosen after the algorithm, round by round, so that every answer the algorithm has received is consistent with the final functions, yet reveals at most one new direction per round. The naive argument, "the algorithm only explores the span of previous gradients", is not available: the algorithm is not restricted to linear spans, and its queries can lie anywhere. Instead, each new direction must be made orthogonal to every point queried so far, and one must show that the partial function used to answer a query has the same gradient and the same constrained prox as the final function at that point (Lemmas 4–5). The constrained prox over the ball is not covered by the paper's unconstrained computation and needs its own argument.

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Components are indexed by Fin m (0-based). A query is a structure carrying a component, a point and a parameter β\betaβ with a proof of β>0\beta>0β>0; the prox answer is described by the published minimizer predicate BoydADMM.Prox.IsProx, not by a choice function. A deterministic algorithm is a function from the list of earlier answers to the next query, and the oracle is a fixed function of the query, required to be exact on every query. The minimum F(x∗)F(x^*)F(x∗) is an explicit attained minimizer over the ball, never a real infimum.

Committed conventions, each disclosed in the item statements:

  • the dimension ddd is chosen before the algorithm (stronger than the page's order, and what the proof gives);
  • the point x^\hat xx^ ranges over query points, indexed from zero; an algorithm can query any point it wishes to output;
  • query points range over all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, while convexity and smoothness are required on the ball;
  • β>0\beta>0β>0 in every prox query;
  • the milestones work at the proof's normalization γ=B=1\gamma=B=1γ=B=1, use ⌊m/2⌋\lfloor m/2\rfloor⌊m/2⌋ as natural-number division, and express "xv∈span⁡{v0,…,vt−1}x^v\in\operatorname{span}\{v_0,\dots,v_{t-1}\}xv∈span{v0​,…,vt−1​}" as ⟨x,vr⟩=0\langle x,v_r\rangle=0⟨x,vr​⟩=0 for t≤r≤kt\le r\le kt≤r≤k.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal mentions none of vrv_rvr​, δi,r\delta_{i,r}δi,r​, rounds, aaa, kkk or xt∗x_t^*xt∗​, so it cannot be discharged by assumptions about the construction, and the oracle must answer every query exactly.

A full development needs: the adversary construction (orthonormal vectors orthogonal to a finite set of earlier queries), smoothness of the quadratic hard functions (a Hessian bound ⪯I\preceq I⪯I), existence of constrained prox points, and the arithmetic of the counts. The tridiagonal linear algebra of milestones 2–3 is reusable for other lower-bound constructions in the style of Nesterov's. Proofs of individual milestones, alternative constructions and a corrected explicit constant are all welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Woodworth, N. Srebro, Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives, NeurIPS 2016; arXiv:1605.08003v3, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.08003
  • A. Agarwal, L. Bottou, A Lower Bound for the Optimization of Finite Sums, ICML 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1410.0723
  • G. Lan, Y. Zhou, An Optimal Randomized Incremental Gradient Method, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.02000
  • Z. Allen-Zhu, Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods, STOC 2017; JMLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1603.05953
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Gradient Descent, Weighted Sampling, and the Randomized Kaczmarz Algorithm: SGD with Step γ < 1/sup L Has E‖x_k − x⋆‖² ≤ [1 − 2γμ(1 − γ sup L)]^k ‖x₀ − x⋆‖² + γσ²/(μ(1 − γ sup L))Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) minimizes an objective that is an expectation, F(x)=Ei∼Dfi(x)F(x) = \mathbb E_{i\sim\mathcal D} f_i(x)F(x)=Ei∼D​fi​(x), by stepping along the gradient of one randomly drawn component at a time. It is the workhorse of large-scale machine learning, where FFF is an average loss over training examples, and it also contains the randomized Kaczmarz method for linear systems, where each component is a single squared residual 12(⟨ai,x⟩−bi)2\frac12(\langle a_i, x\rangle - b_i)^221​(⟨ai​,x⟩−bi​)2 (Strohmer & Vershynin 2009).

For smooth, strongly convex objectives, the question is how fast a fixed step size drives the iterates to the minimizer x⋆x_\starx⋆​, and how the rate depends on the smoothness constants LiL_iLi​ of the components. Bach & Moulines (2011) showed that an iteration count scaling with the squared conditioning ELi2/μ2\mathbb E L_i^2/\mu^2ELi2​/μ2 suffices. Needell, Srebro and Ward (arXiv:1310.5715v5, Theorem 2.1) replaced this by a dependence that is linear in the uniform conditioning sup⁡L/μ\sup L/\musupL/μ. Their theorem is the base of the rest of the paper: Corollary 2.2 (choice of step size), the importance-sampling results of Section 3 (weighting components by LiL_iLi​), and the Kaczmarz rates of Section 5 are all derived from it.

Timeline:

  • 1951, Robbins and Monro: stochastic approximation.
  • 2009, Strohmer and Vershynin: expected linear convergence of randomized Kaczmarz with rows sampled proportionally to their squared norms.
  • 2011, Bach and Moulines: fixed-step SGD on strongly convex smooth objectives, with an iteration count of order log⁡(ε0/ε)(ELi2/μ2+σ2/(μ2ε))\log(\varepsilon_0/\varepsilon)(\mathbb E L_i^2/\mu^2 + \sigma^2/(\mu^2\varepsilon))log(ε0​/ε)(ELi2​/μ2+σ2/(μ2ε)).
  • 2013–2015, Needell, Srebro and Ward: the bound below, linear in sup⁡L/μ\sup L/\musupL/μ, and its importance-sampling and Kaczmarz corollaries.

Setting

Let D\mathcal DD be a probability distribution, the source distribution, on an arbitrary measurable index space III. Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space (for example Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​), and let fi:H→Rf_i : \mathcal H \to \mathbb Rfi​:H→R, i∈Ii \in Ii∈I, be a family of functions. The objective is

F(x)=Ei∼Dfi(x),F(x) = \mathbb E_{i\sim\mathcal D} f_i(x),F(x)=Ei∼D​fi​(x),

and x⋆x_\starx⋆​ is a minimizer of FFF. The paper assumes:

  1. each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable, and its gradient ∇fi\nabla f_i∇fi​ is Lipschitz with constant LiL_iLi​: ∥∇fi(x)−∇fi(y)∥2≤Li∥x−y∥2\|\nabla f_i(x) - \nabla f_i(y)\|_2 \le L_i\|x - y\|_2∥∇fi​(x)−∇fi​(y)∥2​≤Li​∥x−y∥2​;
  2. FFF is μ\muμ-strongly convex: ⟨x−y,∇F(x)−∇F(y)⟩≥μ∥x−y∥22\langle x - y, \nabla F(x) - \nabla F(y)\rangle \ge \mu\|x - y\|_2^2⟨x−y,∇F(x)−∇F(y)⟩≥μ∥x−y∥22​ for all x,yx, yx,y.

The number sup⁡L\sup LsupL is an almost-sure upper bound on LiL_iLi​, and the residual is

σ2=E∥∇fi(x⋆)∥22,\sigma^2 = \mathbb E\|\nabla f_i(x_\star)\|_2^2,σ2=E∥∇fi​(x⋆​)∥22​,

which vanishes exactly when x⋆x_\starx⋆​ is a stationary point of every component (the realizable case).

The SGD iterates with fixed step size γ\gammaγ start at x0∈Hx_0 \in \mathcal Hx0​∈H and follow (2.2):

xk+1=xk−γ∇fik(xk),x_{k+1} = x_k - \gamma\nabla f_{i_k}(x_k),xk+1​=xk​−γ∇fik​​(xk​),

where i0,i1,…i_0, i_1, \dotsi0​,i1​,… are drawn independently from D\mathcal DD. The iterate xkx_kxk​ is a random point that depends on i0,…,ik−1i_0, \dots, i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​. In Lean these objects are objective D f, residual D f xstar, iidLaw D (the law of the index sequence) and sgdIter f γ x0 k ω in the namespace SGDKaczmarz.SGD.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1, (2.4)

If 0<γ<1/sup⁡L0 < \gamma < 1/\sup L0<γ<1/supL, then for every k≥0k \ge 0k≥0

E∥xk−x⋆∥22≤[1−2γμ(1−γsup⁡L)]k∥x0−x⋆∥22+γσ2μ(1−γsup⁡L),\mathbb E\|x_k - x_\star\|_2^2 \le \Bigl[1 - 2\gamma\mu(1 - \gamma\sup L)\Bigr]^k\|x_0 - x_\star\|_2^2 + \frac{\gamma\sigma^2}{\mu(1 - \gamma\sup L)},E∥xk​−x⋆​∥22​≤[1−2γμ(1−γsupL)]k∥x0​−x⋆​∥22​+μ(1−γsupL)γσ2​,

where the expectation is over the sampling of {ik}\{i_k\}{ik​}. The constants are the paper's; nothing is left unfixed.

Milestones

In the order of the paper's proof (Appendix A):

  • (A.1): at a minimizer x⋆x_\starx⋆​ of a function with LLL-Lipschitz gradient, 12L∥∇f(x)−∇f(x⋆)∥22≤f(x)−f(x⋆)\frac{1}{2L}\|\nabla f(x) - \nabla f(x_\star)\|_2^2 \le f(x) - f(x_\star)2L1​∥∇f(x)−∇f(x⋆​)∥22​≤f(x)−f(x⋆​);
  • Lemma A.1 (co-coercivity): ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥22≤L⟨x−y,∇f(x)−∇f(y)⟩\|\nabla f(x) - \nabla f(y)\|_2^2 \le L\langle x - y, \nabla f(x) - \nabla f(y)\rangle∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥22​≤L⟨x−y,∇f(x)−∇f(y)⟩;
  • the pathwise one-step bound on ∥xk−x⋆−γ∇fi(xk)∥22\|x_k - x_\star - \gamma\nabla f_i(x_k)\|_2^2∥xk​−x⋆​−γ∇fi​(xk​)∥22​;
  • unbiasedness: E∇fi(x)=∇F(x)\mathbb E\nabla f_i(x) = \nabla F(x)E∇fi​(x)=∇F(x);
  • the expected one-step recursion E∥xk+1−x⋆∥22≤(1−2γμ(1−γsup⁡L))∥xk−x⋆∥22+2γ2σ2\mathbb E\|x_{k+1} - x_\star\|_2^2 \le (1 - 2\gamma\mu(1 - \gamma\sup L))\|x_k - x_\star\|_2^2 + 2\gamma^2\sigma^2E∥xk+1​−x⋆​∥22​≤(1−2γμ(1−γsupL))∥xk​−x⋆​∥22​+2γ2σ2 for γ≤1/sup⁡L\gamma \le 1/\sup Lγ≤1/supL;
  • the unrolled recursion, with the finite geometric sum 2∑j<k(1−2γμ(1−γsup⁡L))jγ2σ22\sum_{j<k}(1 - 2\gamma\mu(1 - \gamma\sup L))^j\gamma^2\sigma^22∑j<k​(1−2γμ(1−γsupL))jγ2σ2.

Significance

The bound has two terms: a contraction at rate 1−2γμ(1−γsup⁡L)1 - 2\gamma\mu(1 - \gamma\sup L)1−2γμ(1−γsupL) and a floor proportional to γσ2\gamma\sigma^2γσ2. Choosing γ\gammaγ to balance them (Corollary 2.2) gives an iteration count of order log⁡(ε0/ε)(sup⁡L/μ+σ2/(μ2ε))\log(\varepsilon_0/\varepsilon)(\sup L/\mu + \sigma^2/(\mu^2\varepsilon))log(ε0​/ε)(supL/μ+σ2/(μ2ε)), linear rather than quadratic in the conditioning. In the realizable case σ2=0\sigma^2 = 0σ2=0 it is a pure linear rate. Reweighting the distribution by LiL_iLi​ turns sup⁡L\sup LsupL into the average Lˉ=ELi\bar L = \mathbb E L_iLˉ=ELi​ (Section 3), and specializing to least squares yields convergence rates for randomized Kaczmarz with uniform, weighted and hybrid row selection (Section 5). These consequences are stated in terms of Theorem 2.1, so a formal version of the theorem is the prerequisite for formalizing any of them.

The result is proved on paper (Appendix A.2). The work here is to formalize that proof: co-coercivity in a Hilbert space, differentiation of F=EfiF = \mathbb E f_iF=Efi​ under the expectation, and the passage from a conditional one-step bound to the unconditional bound over an i.i.d. sequence. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of Theorem 2.1 exists. The platform has formal results on projected SGD with decaying steps and on the finite-sum Kaczmarz iteration, which state different results.

Difficulty

The one-step algebra is routine once co-coercivity is available. What is hard is making the expectation rigorous. On the page, "E∥xk+1−x⋆∥2\mathbb E\|x_{k+1} - x_\star\|^2E∥xk+1​−x⋆​∥2" in the recursion is an expectation over the index iki_kik​ alone, with xkx_kxk​ held fixed. Iterating it requires that xkx_kxk​ be a measurable function of i0,…,ik−1i_0, \dots, i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​, that iki_kik​ be independent of it, and that expectations of possibly non-integrable nonnegative quantities be handled without junk values. The unbiasedness step E∇fi=∇F\mathbb E\nabla f_i = \nabla FE∇fi​=∇F is a differentiation under the integral sign in a possibly infinite-dimensional space, and it needs a dominating bound that comes from the almost-sure bound on LiL_iLi​ together with the finiteness of σ2\sigma^2σ2. A tempting shortcut, assuming ∇fi(x⋆)=0\nabla f_i(x_\star) = 0∇fi​(x⋆​)=0 for every iii, gives only the realizable special case σ2=0\sigma^2 = 0σ2=0 and is not the theorem.

Formalization scope

  • Space. H\mathcal HH is a complete real inner-product space with its Borel σ-algebra and a second-countable topology (every separable Hilbert space, including Rd\mathbb R^dRd). Separability makes the iterates random variables.
  • Gradients. These are Mathlib's gradient. Assumption (1) is LipschitzWith (L i) (gradient (f i)) with L i : ℝ≥0, together with Differentiable ℝ (f i) and ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ (f i) for every iii.
  • The objective. FFF is the Bochner integral x↦∫fi(x) dDx \mapsto \int f_i(x)\,d\mathcal Dx↦∫fi​(x)dD, under the hypothesis that i↦fi(x)i \mapsto f_i(x)i↦fi​(x) is integrable for every xxx. The gradient maps i↦∇fi(x)i \mapsto \nabla f_i(x)i↦∇fi​(x) are assumed measurable.
  • Strong convexity. Assumption (2) is stated in the paper's gradient-monotone form for gradient (objective D f). Differentiability of FFF is not assumed separately: it follows whenever σ2<∞\sigma^2 < \inftyσ2<∞ (milestone "unbiasedness").
  • The constant sup⁡L\sup LsupL. It is any real number with Li≤sup⁡LL_i \le \sup LLi​≤supL almost surely. This is equivalent to the paper's essential supremum, because the bound is increasing in sup⁡L\sup LsupL.
  • Step-size conditions. γ<1/sup⁡L\gamma < 1/\sup Lγ<1/supL is written γ * supL < 1 (and γ≤1/sup⁡L\gamma \le 1/\sup Lγ≤1/supL as γ * supL ≤ 1), with 0<γ0 < \gamma0<γ and 0<μ0 < \mu0<μ.
  • Expectations. E∥xk−x⋆∥2\mathbb E\|x_k - x_\star\|^2E∥xk​−x⋆​∥2 and σ2\sigma^2σ2 are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]: the first over the infinite product law Measure.infinitePi of the index sequence, the second over D\mathcal DD. A non-integrable iterate therefore cannot satisfy the bound vacuously, and σ2=∞\sigma^2 = \inftyσ2=∞ makes the right side ∞\infty∞, which is the paper's meaning.
  • Indexing. x0x_0x0​ is the initial point and xkx_kxk​ is the point after kkk steps.
  • Hypotheses. The co-coercivity lemma carries convexity of fff, which its proof uses and without which it is false. No hypothesis such as ∇fi(x⋆)=0\nabla f_i(x_\star) = 0∇fi​(x⋆​)=0, σ2<∞\sigma^2 < \inftyσ2<∞ or μ≤sup⁡L\mu \le \sup Lμ≤supL is added to the goal.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission:

  • co-coercivity of gradients of smooth convex functions on Hilbert spaces;
  • differentiation under the expectation for families with uniformly Lipschitz gradients;
  • the tower property for a measurable recursion driven by Measure.infinitePi.

Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Needell, N. Srebro, R. Ward, Stochastic gradient descent, weighted sampling, and the randomized Kaczmarz algorithm, arXiv:1310.5715v5, 2015 (Mathematical Programming 155, 2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.5715v5
  • F. Bach, E. Moulines, Non-asymptotic analysis of stochastic approximation algorithms for machine learning, NIPS 2011. https://hal.science/hal-00608041
  • T. Strohmer, R. Vershynin, A randomized Kaczmarz algorithm with exponential convergence, J. Fourier Anal. Appl. 15(2):262–278, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00041-008-9030-4
  • H. Robbins, S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22:400–407, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryMachine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives I: Any Deterministic Algorithm with Gradient and Prox Oracle Access Needs Ω(mLB/ε) Queries on Sums of m Convex L-Lipschitz FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems minimize the average of component losses: one loss per observation, machine, or term in an objective. When an algorithm can inspect one component at a time, the number of component queries is a useful measure of work. A component oracle can provide more than a value or subgradient: a proximal point summarizes a global minimization involving that component. Woodworth and Srebro ask whether this stronger access reduces the worst-case number of queries for nonsmooth finite sums. Their deterministic lower bound answers the question in the regime of convex Lipschitz components on a bounded Euclidean ball (Woodworth and Srebro, 2016, Theorem 1).

The paper studies deterministic and randomized algorithms separately. This mission concerns the deterministic claim in Section 4.1 and its Appendix B.1 proof. The result is relevant to algorithms that alternate among components and use both local subgradient information and component prox computations. The exact oracle matters: a lower bound for an approximate or restricted oracle would not settle the claim made for the stronger one in this paper (Woodworth and Srebro, 2016, pp. 1, 4–5).

Setting

Let m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and let f1,…,fm:Rd→Rf_1,\ldots,f_m:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fm​:Rd→R be convex functions. Their finite-sum objective is F(x)=m−1∑i=1mfi(x)F(x)=m^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^m f_i(x)F(x)=m−1∑i=1m​fi​(x), minimized over the closed Euclidean ball X={x:∥x∥≤B}\mathcal X=\{x:\|x\|\le B\}X={x:∥x∥≤B} for B>0B>0B>0. Each component is LLL-Lipschitz on X\mathcal XX when ∣fi(x)−fi(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f_i(x)-f_i(y)|\le L\|x-y\|∣fi​(x)−fi​(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ for points x,yx,yx,y in that ball. The paper's notation paragraph prints f(x)−f(x)f(x)-f(x)f(x)−f(x) in this definition; the two-point condition is the intended reading (p. 3).

A query chooses a component index iii, a point x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd, and β>0\beta>0β>0. The component oracle returns the value fi(x)f_i(x)fi​(x), a subgradient of fif_ifi​ at xxx, and a point minimizing fi(u)+(β/2)∥x−u∥2f_i(u)+(\beta/2)\|x-u\|^2fi​(u)+(β/2)∥x−u∥2 over u∈Xu\in\mathcal Xu∈X. The subgradient is global: its defining inequality holds against every point in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. A deterministic algorithm chooses its next query from the ordered responses to its previous queries. The oracle is exact and makes a fixed response choice for each query. The paper allows algorithms without a span restriction and defines a round by how many distinct components have been queried, not by how many total queries have occurred (pp. 1, 4–5).

For the appendix milestones, v0,…,vkv_0,\ldots,v_kv0​,…,vk​ are orthonormal directions and δi,r∈{0,1}\delta_{i,r}\in\{0,1\}δi,r​∈{0,1} records whether component iii was missed in round rrr. The hard components fif_ifi​ and their truncations fitf_i^tfit​ are the explicit absolute-value sums in equations (6) and (7). These objects support the lower-bound analysis; they do not restrict the theorem's quantified algorithm or hard instance (pp. 5, 11–12).

Formalization targets

Deterministic oracle lower bound

There are absolute constants c,C>0c,C>0c,C>0 such that, for every m≥2m\ge2m≥2, L,B>0L,B>0L,B>0, and 0<ε<LB/120<\varepsilon<LB/120<ε<LB/12, some dimension d≤CmLB/εd\le C mLB/\varepsilond≤CmLB/ε defeats every deterministic algorithm: for that algorithm there are convex LLL-Lipschitz components and a valid oracle whose first cmLB/εc mLB/\varepsiloncmLB/ε query points all obey

F(xn)−F(x∗)≥ε,F(x_n)-F(x^*)\ge\varepsilon,F(xn​)−F(x∗)≥ε,

where x∗x^*x∗ minimizes FFF on X\mathcal XX. This is the paper's Ω(mLB/ε)\Omega(mLB/\varepsilon)Ω(mLB/ε) conclusion. The constants are absolute, and the dimension bound expresses its O(mLB/ε)O(mLB/\varepsilon)O(mLB/ε) clause (Theorem 1, p. 5).

Supporting targets

Appendix B.1 supplies five milestones: the formula and attained minimum of the average hard function, its error gap for a point orthogonal to an unrevealed direction, the query-count inequality, and Lemmas 2 and 3 on subgradient and proximal-response consistency. The first three are quantitative claims for the normalized L=B=1L=B=1L=B=1 construction; the last two say that answers derived from a truncated component can remain valid for the final component (pp. 11–13).

Significance

The theorem puts a worst-case limit on deterministic methods that can ask for a component prox point as well as a subgradient. Its factor of mmm says that access to individual components does not remove the cost of discovering information spread across the finite sum. The paper compares this lower bound with its deterministic upper bounds, making the query rate tight up to constants in this regime (Woodworth and Srebro, 2016, Table 1 and Theorem 1).

The mathematical result is proved in the paper; this mission asks for a machine-checked proof of its faithful formal statement. The model of exact component queries, deterministic response histories, and constrained proximal minimizers can also support related oracle-complexity developments. None of the new theorem items in this proposal has a machine-checked proof yet. The already published global subgradient definition is reused as a reference.

Difficulty

The theorem concerns every deterministic algorithm, including one whose future queries depend on all responses so far. A single hard function fixed without regard to that interaction does not capture the adversarial information limit established by the paper. The proof must also show that each answer exposed during the interaction is genuinely a value, subgradient, and constrained prox point for one completed family of component functions. Lemma 2 handles the subgradient requirement, while Lemma 3 handles the more global proximal requirement. The latter is delicate because equation (3) minimizes over the ball, whereas the appendix displays an unconstrained calculation (pp. 11–13).

The printed formula in equation (6) can have Lipschitz constant greater than one, contrary to a sentence on page 11. This affects an explicit constant in the proof, though the theorem's Ω\OmegaΩ rate survives rescaling. A verified development must establish a valid uniform Lipschitz bound and carry its normalization into the final constants (Appendix B.1, p. 11).

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with its Euclidean inner product and norm. Components use Fin m, a zero-based encoding of the paper's 1,…,m1,\ldots,m1,…,m. Query number zero is the first query; a bound on (n+1)(n+1)(n+1) represents the number of queries made through query nnn. The proximal operation is a predicate describing all minimizers over X\mathcal XX; each legal query has β>0\beta>0β>0. The oracle is memoryless and exact for every query, even when its point lies outside X\mathcal XX. Candidate points in the goal are the algorithm's query points. The dimension is chosen before the algorithm, as the appendix construction permits. The finite average is an explicit sum and x∗x^*x∗ is an explicit feasible minimizer, avoiding a default-valued real infimum.

The milestones use k≥1k\ge1k≥1, orthonormal directions, binary indicators, and ∑iδi,r=⌊m/2⌋\sum_i\delta_{i,r}=\lfloor m/2\rfloor∑i​δi,r​=⌊m/2⌋ where the average is involved. Their normalization is L=B=1L=B=1L=B=1. Natural-number division represents ⌊m/2⌋\lfloor m/2\rfloor⌊m/2⌋, and a finite interval starting at one prevents the term vr−1v_{r-1}vr−1​ from underflowing. The goal quantifies over every deterministic algorithm and demands a valid oracle and an attained minimum; the hard directions, indicators, rounds, and truncations occur only in supporting statements. This rules out a fixed easy instance or an oracle allowed to return arbitrary answers.

The development needs Mathlib's Euclidean-space, convexity, finite-sum, and orthonormal-family libraries and the published global-subgradient definition. Contributions that establish the five milestones, a uniform Lipschitz bound for the hard functions, or the algorithm-dependent construction are within scope. The other deterministic smooth regimes and the randomized results have separate problems and are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • B. Woodworth and N. Srebro, Tight Complexity Bounds for Optimizing Composite Objectives, NeurIPS, 2016; arXiv:1605.08003v3, 2019 revision. arXiv
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization I: Under the Nesting Condition, a Worst-Case Expectation Constraint over a Standardized Ambiguity Set Is Equivalent to a Finite Conic SystemResearch Paper

Motivation

A constraint E[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E[v(x,\tilde z)] \le wE[v(x,z~)]≤w on a decision xxx requires the distribution of the random vector z~\tilde zz~. In practice that distribution is known only partially: its support, a few moments, or the probability mass of some regions estimated from data. Distributionally robust optimization asks that the constraint hold for every distribution consistent with this information. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Sim (Optimization Online 3757, 2013; Oper. Res. 62(6), 2014) proposed one standardized format for this information. Their format contains, as special cases, many ambiguity sets used earlier: support and moment information (Delage and Ye, 2010), and mean–covariance and directional-deviation information (Goh and Sim, 2010). They then characterized exactly when a worst-case expectation constraint over such a set has a finite conic reformulation. This mission formalizes that characterization: the paper's Theorem 1 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

The uncertain parameters are z~∈RP\tilde z \in \mathbb R^Pz~∈RP, and an auxiliary random vector u~∈RQ\tilde u \in \mathbb R^Qu~∈RQ may be added to describe structure of z~\tilde zz~. A proper cone K\mathcal KK is a closed convex cone with K∩(−K)={0}\mathcal K \cap(-\mathcal K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} and nonempty interior. Write x≼Kyx \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K} yx≼K​y for y−x∈Ky - x \in \mathcal Ky−x∈K, and K⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K}\mathcal K^\star = \{y : x^\top y \ge 0\ \forall x \in \mathcal K\}K⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K} for the dual cone. For indices i∈I={1,…,I}i \in \mathcal I = \{1,\dots,I\}i∈I={1,…,I} the confidence sets are

Ci={(z,u):Ciz+Diu≼Kici},\mathcal C_i = \{(z,u) : C_i z + D_i u \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K_i} c_i\},Ci​={(z,u):Ci​z+Di​u≼Ki​​ci​},

with matrices Ci,DiC_i, D_iCi​,Di​, vectors cic_ici​ and proper cones Ki\mathcal K_iKi​. The ambiguity set is

P={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci]∈[p‾i,p‾i]  ∀i∈I},\mathcal P = \Big\{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u) \in \mathcal C_i] \in [\underline p_i,\overline p_i]\ \ \forall i \in \mathcal I\Big\},P={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci​]∈[p​i​,p​i​]  ∀i∈I},

where 0≤p‾i≤p‾i≤10 \le \underline p_i \le \overline p_i \le 10≤p​i​≤p​i​≤1. The paper imposes three conditions:

  • (C1) CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is bounded and p‾I=p‾I=1\underline p_I = \overline p_I = 1p​I​=p​I​=1;
  • (C2) some P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P meets every non-degenerate probability bound strictly;
  • (C3) the constraint function is a maximum of finitely many bi-affine pieces,
v(x,z)=max⁡l=1,…,L[(Slz+sl)⊤x+tl⊤z+tl].v(x,z) = \max_{l = 1,\dots,L} \big[(S_l z + s_l)^\top x + \mathbf t_l^\top z + t_l\big].v(x,z)=l=1,…,Lmax​[(Sl​z+sl​)⊤x+tl⊤​z+tl​].

The distributionally robust constraint (3) is EP[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)] \le wEP​[v(x,z~)]≤w for all P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.

A set AAA is strictly included in BBB, written A⋐BA \Subset BA⋐B, if AAA lies in the interior of BBB. The nesting condition (N) requires that any two distinct confidence sets be strictly nested or disjoint. For each iii, A(i)={i}∪{i′:Ci⋐Ci′}\mathcal A(i) = \{i\} \cup \{i' : \mathcal C_i \Subset \mathcal C_{i'}\}A(i)={i}∪{i′:Ci​⋐Ci′​} indexes the confidence sets containing Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (pp. 10–11)

Under (C1)–(C3), (N) and the two regularity conditions (S1)–(S2) described below, the constraint (3) holds if and only if there are β∈RK\beta \in \mathbb R^Kβ∈RK, κ,λ∈R+I\kappa,\lambda \in \mathbb R^I_+κ,λ∈R+I​ and ϕil∈Ki⋆\phi_{il} \in \mathcal K_i^\starϕil​∈Ki⋆​ such that, for all i∈Ii \in \mathcal Ii∈I and lll,

b⊤β+∑i[p‾iκi−p‾iλi]≤w,ci⊤ϕil+sl⊤x+tl≤∑i′∈A(i)[κi′−λi′],b^\top\beta + \sum_{i}\big[\overline p_i\kappa_i - \underline p_i\lambda_i\big] \le w,\qquad c_i^\top\phi_{il} + s_l^\top x + t_l \le \sum_{i' \in \mathcal A(i)}[\kappa_{i'} - \lambda_{i'}],b⊤β+i∑​[p​i​κi​−p​i​λi​]≤w,ci⊤​ϕil​+sl⊤​x+tl​≤i′∈A(i)∑​[κi′​−λi′​], Ci⊤ϕil+A⊤β=Sl⊤x+tl,Di⊤ϕil+B⊤β=0.C_i^\top\phi_{il} + A^\top\beta = S_l^\top x + \mathbf t_l,\qquad D_i^\top\phi_{il} + B^\top\beta = 0.Ci⊤​ϕil​+A⊤β=Sl⊤​x+tl​,Di⊤​ϕil​+B⊤β=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, sufficiency. The system implies (3), under (C1), (C3) and (N) alone.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 34). For a strictly feasible conic confidence set, the semi-infinite constraint v(x,z)+f⊤z+g⊤u≤hv(x,z) + f^\top z + g^\top u \le hv(x,z)+f⊤z+g⊤u≤h on the set holds iff multipliers ϕl∈K⋆\phi_l \in \mathcal K^\starϕl​∈K⋆ exist with c⊤ϕl+sl⊤x+tl≤hc^\top\phi_l + s_l^\top x + t_l \le hc⊤ϕl​+sl⊤​x+tl​≤h, C⊤ϕl=Sl⊤x+tl+fC^\top\phi_l = S_l^\top x + \mathbf t_l + fC⊤ϕl​=Sl⊤​x+tl​+f and D⊤ϕl=gD^\top\phi_l = gD⊤ϕl​=g.
  3. The dual of the moment problem (p. 35). Constraint (3) holds iff some β\betaβ, κ,λ≥0\kappa,\lambda \ge 0κ,λ≥0 have objective value ≤w\le w≤w and satisfy [Az+Bu]⊤β+∑i1Ci(z,u)[κi−λi]≥v(x,z)[Az+Bu]^\top\beta + \sum_i \mathbf 1_{\mathcal C_i}(z,u)[\kappa_i - \lambda_i] \ge v(x,z)[Az+Bu]⊤β+∑i​1Ci​​(z,u)[κi​−λi​]≥v(x,z) on CI\mathcal C_ICI​.
  4. The partition step (p. 35). Under (N), the indicator constraint on CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is equivalent to constraints with the constant ∑A(i)\sum_{\mathcal A(i)}∑A(i)​ on the pieces C‾i=Ci∖⋃Ci′⋐CiCi′\overline{\mathcal C}_i = \mathcal C_i \setminus \bigcup_{\mathcal C_{i'} \Subset \mathcal C_i} \mathcal C_{i'}Ci​=Ci​∖⋃Ci′​⋐Ci​​Ci′​.
  5. The boundary step (pp. 35–36). The iii-th constraint holds on C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ iff it holds on all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.

Significance

When the Ki\mathcal K_iKi​ are orthants, second-order cones or semidefinite cones, Theorem 1 turns the semi-infinite, measure-valued constraint (3) into a linear, conic-quadratic or semidefinite system of size polynomial in the data. The paper's Theorem 2 shows that when nesting fails, even checking P≠∅\mathcal P \neq \emptysetP=∅ is strongly NP-hard. Theorem 1 is therefore the tractable side of a sharp dividing line. The paper builds its conservative approximation for non-nested sets (Theorem 3) and its lifting results (Section 3) on it.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. The formalization contributes two things. First, the duality theory for finite moment problems over measures on a compact set, and conic strong duality for strictly feasible sets: neither exists in Mathlib as stated. Second, a corrected statement. As printed, the "only if" direction of Theorem 1 is false, because (C2) does not give the strong duality the proof attributes to it. No machine-checked version of Theorem 1 is known.

Difficulty

The sufficiency half is weak duality: a pointwise inequality on CI\mathcal C_ICI​ integrated against any P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P. The necessity half needs three facts.

  • Strong duality, with attainment, for an infinite-dimensional linear program over nonnegative measures. Here the obvious reference to a general conic duality theorem needs a constraint qualification on all moment constraints jointly, and (C2) controls only the probability bounds.
  • A geometric step: under (N), a constraint imposed on C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ extends to all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​. This uses convexity of vvv in (z,u)(z,u)(z,u) together with the compactness of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ and the strict inclusion of its descendants.
  • Conic duality with dual attainment for each confidence set (Lemma 1), which fails without strict feasibility.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, products are Matrix.mulVec and dotProduct, and the outcome space is (Fin nP → ℝ) × (Fin nQ → ℝ) with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. The index set is Fin (nI + 1), 0-based, with CI\mathcal C_ICI​ = Fin.last nI. Probabilities are μ.real. Constraint (3) is stated in its "for all P\mathbb PP" form, so no supremum of reals appears. The scalar tlt_ltl​ and the vector tl\mathbf t_ltl​ are separate fields.

Every member of P\mathcal PP is a probability measure with finite first moment, so EP[Az~+Bu~]\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u]EP​[Az~+Bu~] is a genuine integral and not Lean's default value 000. The expectation EP[v(x,z~)]\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)]EP​[v(x,z~)] is genuine as well, since vvv grows at most linearly. Hypothesis (C2) keeps P\mathcal PP nonempty, so (3) cannot hold vacuously. A sorry-free sanity file exhibits two nested intervals for which all hypotheses of the goal hold at once.

Hypotheses added to the paper's, each needed for a true statement:

  • (S1) moment-problem regularity. Every small common shift of bbb and of each probability interval stays feasible over finite measures on CI\mathcal C_ICI​. It is needed because with C1\mathcal C_1C1​ the unit disk, E[z~1]=1\mathbb E[\tilde z_1] = 1E[z~1​]=1, v=z2v = z_2v=z2​ and w=0w = 0w=0, constraint (3) holds but the system has no solution.
  • (S2) strict feasibility of every confidence set. It is needed because a confidence set that is a single boundary point of a second-order cone constraint admits no dual multipliers in Lemma 1.
  • Ci⊆CI\mathcal C_i \subseteq \mathcal C_ICi​⊆CI​ and P+Q≥1P + Q \ge 1P+Q≥1 in the partition and boundary steps. In dimension zero a set is strictly included in itself and C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ can be empty.

(S1) also excludes some instances the page allows: p‾i=0\overline p_i = 0p​i​=0 or p‾i=1\underline p_i = 1p​i​=1 for i≠Ii \ne Ii=I, and expectation rows that cannot be shifted in every direction by measures on CI\mathcal C_ICI​.

The sufficiency milestone drops (C2) and the standing bounds 0≤p‾i≤p‾i≤10 \le \underline p_i \le \overline p_i \le 10≤p​i​≤p​i​≤1, which only strengthens it.

Needed infrastructure, all reusable: conic duality for closed convex cones, Lagrangian duality for linear programs over finite measures on a compact set, and the extension of a convex inequality from the boundary of a compact set. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization, Optimization Online preprint 3757, version of September 22, 2013. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/3757.pdf ; Operations Research 62(6):1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, chapter 7, Kluwer, 2001 (reference [56] of the paper; the result the proof of Theorem 1 cites as Proposition 3.4).
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally robust optimization and its tractable approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0712
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Lectures on Modern Convex Optimization, SIAM, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718829
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights V: The Speed Restarted ODE Converges Linearly for Strongly Convex fResearch Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method minimizes a convex function fff with LLL-Lipschitz gradient at the rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2), which is optimal among first-order methods. For a μ\muμ-strongly convex fff the method with the generic momentum coefficient (k−1)/(k+2)(k-1)/(k+2)(k−1)/(k+2) does not exploit the strong convexity: Su, Boyd and Candès show in §4.2 of arXiv:1503.01243 that its rate stays polynomial. Linear convergence O((1−μ/L)k)O((1-\sqrt{\mu/L})^k)O((1−μ/L​)k) is available with the momentum (L−μ)/(L+μ)(\sqrt L-\sqrt\mu)/(\sqrt L+\sqrt\mu)(L​−μ​)/(L​+μ​), but this requires knowing μ\muμ, which is rarely available in practice.

Restarting is the practical remedy. O'Donoghue and Candès (2013) proposed gradient restarting: reset the momentum whenever the objective increases. It is observed to recover linear convergence, but no rate was proved for it. Section 5 of Su, Boyd and Candès proposes a variant, speed restarting, which resets the momentum when the speed of the iterates stops increasing, and proves a linear rate for its continuous-time limit. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 10 of the paper, and the lemmas it rests on.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm. A function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is in FL\mathcal F_LFL​ if it is convex and continuously differentiable with ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥. It is in Sμ\mathcal S_\muSμ​ if it is continuously differentiable and f(x)−μ∥x∥2/2f(x)-\mu\|x\|^2/2f(x)−μ∥x∥2/2 is convex. The class Sμ,L=FL∩Sμ\mathcal S_{\mu,L}=\mathcal F_L\cap\mathcal S_\muSμ,L​=FL​∩Sμ​ with 0<μ≤L0<\mu\le L0<μ≤L is the standing assumption of the whole mission. A minimizer is written x⋆x^\starx⋆ and f⋆=f(x⋆)f^\star=f(x^\star)f⋆=f(x⋆); the ratio L/μL/\muL/μ is the condition number.

The Nesterov ODE is

X¨(t)+3tX˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,X(0)=x0, X˙(0)=0,(3)\ddot X(t)+\frac3t\dot X(t)+\nabla f(X(t))=0,\qquad X(0)=x_0,\ \dot X(0)=0, \tag{3}X¨(t)+t3​X˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,X(0)=x0​, X˙(0)=0,(3)

the continuous-time limit of Nesterov's scheme with step size tending to zero. The paper's Theorem 1 shows it has a unique solution in C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞))C^2((0,\infty))\cap C^1([0,\infty))C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞)). In Lean a solution is a pair (X,V)(X,V)(X,V) with V=X˙V=\dot XV=X˙ (IsSolution f 3 x₀ X V).

The speed restarting time of the solution from x0x_0x0​ is

T=T(x0;f)=sup⁡{t>0: ∀u∈(0,t), d∥X˙(u)∥2du>0},T=T(x_0;f)=\sup\Bigl\{t>0:\ \forall u\in(0,t),\ \frac{\mathrm d\|\dot X(u)\|^2}{\mathrm du}>0\Bigr\},T=T(x0​;f)=sup{t>0: ∀u∈(0,t), dud∥X˙(u)∥2​>0},

the first time at which the speed ∥X˙∥\|\dot X\|∥X˙∥ decreases (restartTime; the set is restartSet).

The speed restarted ODE (29) replaces 3/t3/t3/t by 3/tsr3/t_{\mathrm{sr}}3/tsr​, where tsr=t−τt_{\mathrm{sr}}=t-\tautsr​=t−τ is the time since the latest restart τ\tauτ. Its solution XsrX^{\mathrm{sr}}Xsr starts at x0x_0x0​, follows (3) from x0x_0x0​ for time T1=T(x0;f)T_1=T(x_0;f)T1​=T(x0​;f), then follows (3) from Xsr(T1)X^{\mathrm{sr}}(T_1)Xsr(T1​) for time T2=T(Xsr(T1);f)T_2=T(X^{\mathrm{sr}}(T_1);f)T2​=T(Xsr(T1​);f), and so on. If a restart point is a minimizer the trajectory stays there. In Lean this is the predicate IsSpeedRestarted f x₀ Xsr.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

There are positive constants c1,c2c_1,c_2c1​,c2​, depending only on L/μL/\muL/μ, such that for every f∈Sμ,Lf\in\mathcal S_{\mu,L}f∈Sμ,L​, every x0x_0x0​ and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

f(Xsr(t))−f⋆≤c1L∥x0−x⋆∥22 e−c2tL.f(X^{\mathrm{sr}}(t))-f^\star\le\frac{c_1L\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}2\,e^{-c_2t\sqrt L}.f(Xsr(t))−f⋆≤2c1​L∥x0​−x⋆∥2​e−c2​tL​.

The constants are left unspecified, so the goal survives improvements of them.

Milestones

For one unrestarted solution XXX of (3), with M(t)=sup⁡u∈(0,t]∥X˙(u)∥/uM(t)=\sup_{u\in(0,t]}\|\dot X(u)\|/uM(t)=supu∈(0,t]​∥X˙(u)∥/u:

  • Lemma 11. For t<12/Lt<\sqrt{12/L}t<12/L​: M(t)≤∥∇f(x0)∥/(4(1−Lt2/12))M(t)\le\|\nabla f(x_0)\|/(4(1-Lt^2/12))M(t)≤∥∇f(x0​)∥/(4(1−Lt2/12)).
  • (30). For 0<t<12/L0<t<\sqrt{12/L}0<t<12/L​: ∣ ∥X˙(t)∥−t4∥∇f(x0)∥ ∣≤L∥∇f(x0)∥t3/(48(1−Lt2/12))\bigl|\,\|\dot X(t)\|-\tfrac t4\|\nabla f(x_0)\|\,\bigr|\le L\|\nabla f(x_0)\|t^3/(48(1-Lt^2/12))​∥X˙(t)∥−4t​∥∇f(x0​)∥​≤L∥∇f(x0​)∥t3/(48(1−Lt2/12)).
  • Lemma 25. If x0≠x⋆x_0\ne x^\starx0​=x⋆: T(x0,f)≥4/(5L)T(x_0,f)\ge 4/(5\sqrt L)T(x0​,f)≥4/(5L​).
  • Descent display. df(X(t))dt=−3t∥X˙∥2−12d∥X˙∥2dt≤0\dfrac{\mathrm df(X(t))}{\mathrm dt}=-\dfrac3t\|\dot X\|^2-\dfrac12\dfrac{\mathrm d\|\dot X\|^2}{\mathrm dt}\le0dtdf(X(t))​=−t3​∥X˙∥2−21​dtd∥X˙∥2​≤0 for t≤Tt\le Tt≤T.
  • Lemma 12. For a universal C>0C>0C>0: f(X(T))−f⋆≤(1−Cμ/L)(f(x0)−f⋆)f(X(T))-f^\star\le(1-C\mu/L)(f(x_0)-f^\star)f(X(T))−f⋆≤(1−Cμ/L)(f(x0​)−f⋆).
  • Lemma 13. For a universal C~\tilde CC~: T≤4exp⁡(C~L/μ)/(5L)T\le 4\exp(\tilde CL/\mu)/(5\sqrt L)T≤4exp(C~L/μ)/(5L​).

Significance

Theorem 10 is a linear convergence guarantee for a momentum method that does not need μ\muμ: the restart rule only watches the speed. The paper presents it as a new result; gradient restarting has no comparable theorem. It also gives a framework for analyzing restart rules: each restart decreases the gap by a factor depending on L/μL/\muL/μ (Lemma 12), and restarts happen at a rate bounded below (Lemmas 13 and 25). Section 5.3 of the paper reports that the discrete analogue of the scheme (Algorithm 1) converges linearly in experiments.

The results are proved in the paper, but not formalized anywhere to our knowledge; the platform has no statement about restarting the Nesterov ODE. The formal work is the full proof, in particular the analysis of (3) near its singular point t=0t=0t=0. Sharper constants are of interest: the paper conjectures that T=O(L/μ)T=O(\sqrt L/\mu)T=O(L​/μ) for a large class of fff, which would improve c2c_2c2​, and the generalization to friction r/tr/tr/t with r>3r>3r>3 mentioned after Theorem 10 is a natural further target.

Difficulty

The ODE (3) is singular at t=0t=0t=0, so the standard Picard–Lindelöf theory does not apply there, and the small-time estimates (Lemma 11, (30), Lemma 25) must control the solution uniformly up to t=0t=0t=0, where the friction coefficient 3/t3/t3/t is unbounded. Lemma 11 bounds a supremum by a quantity that involves the same supremum; this argument needs a separate proof that the supremum is finite.

The speed restarting time is defined as a supremum, and neither T>0T>0T>0 nor T<∞T<\inftyT<∞ follows from the definition. The restarted trajectory is assembled from infinitely many segments, and the number of restarts before time ttt needs a lower bound. The obvious route through the O(1/t2)O(1/t^2)O(1/t2) rate of the unrestarted ODE gives only a polynomial rate, because it does not use strong convexity in a way that survives the restarts.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient, LLL is an NNReal, and Sμ\mathcal S_\muSμ​ is the paper's literal definition. The classes FL\mathcal F_LFL​, Sμ,L\mathcal S_{\mu,L}Sμ,L​ and the solution predicate of (3) come from the series' shared definitions (NesterovODE.WellPosed.Setting, NesterovODE.StrongCvx.Setting); the speed restarting time and the restarted trajectory sit in this mission's Setting definition, namespace NesterovODE.Restart.

Conventions the formalization commits to:

  • Solutions of (3) are pairs (X,V)(X,V)(X,V), quantified over: every solution in the regularity class of Theorem 1 is covered. Values at negative times are unconstrained.
  • 12d∥X˙∥2/du\tfrac12\mathrm d\|\dot X\|^2/\mathrm du21​d∥X˙∥2/du is written as ⟨V(u),−3uV(u)−∇f(X(u))⟩\langle V(u),-\tfrac3uV(u)-\nabla f(X(u))\rangle⟨V(u),−u3​V(u)−∇f(X(u))⟩, its value along a solution.
  • M(t)M(t)M(t) is not defined; Lemma 11 is stated as a bound on every ∥X˙(u)∥/u\|\dot X(u)\|/u∥X˙(u)∥/u, u∈(0,t]u\in(0,t]u∈(0,t].
  • Lean's sSup is 000 on an empty or unbounded set. Lemma 25 is stated as membership of 4/(5L)4/(5\sqrt L)4/(5L​) in the set defining TTT, and Lemma 13 as a bound on every element of that set, so neither can hold through this junk value.
  • The constants of Lemmas 12 and 13 are chosen before the dimension, fff, μ\muμ, LLL, x0x_0x0​ and the trajectory; those of Theorem 10 are functions of L/μL/\muL/μ chosen in the same position. Choosing them after fff would trivialize the statements and is ruled out.
  • Lemmas 11, 12, 13, 25, (30) and the descent display carry the standing assumption f∈Sμ,Lf\in\mathcal S_{\mu,L}f∈Sμ,L​; Lemmas 12, 13, 25 also carry x0≠x⋆x_0\ne x^\starx0​=x⋆, the paper's convention in §5. Theorem 10 holds for every x0x_0x0​.
  • The leftmost "0≤0\le0≤" of (30) is stated for 0<t≤6/L0<t\le\sqrt{6/L}0<t≤6/L​, the range on which it is true; the page writes it for all t<12/Lt<\sqrt{12/L}t<12/L​.
  • The restarted trajectory stays at a minimizer once it reaches one. Restart times tending to infinity is not assumed: it follows from Lemmas 25 and 13.

A complete development needs the analysis of (3) at t=0t=0t=0 (also the subject of mission I of this series), monotonicity arguments from derivative signs, and properties of strongly convex functions with Lipschitz gradient. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and statements with explicit constants, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, arXiv:1503.01243v2, 2015; J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(153):1–43, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • B. O'Donoghue, E. J. Candès, Adaptive Restart for Accelerated Gradient Schemes, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 15:715–732, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-013-9150-3
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27:372–376, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Relatively Smooth Convex Optimization by First-Order Methods, and Applications III: The Primal Gradient Scheme Solves D-Optimal Design to Accuracy ε within 2n ln(2(f(x⁰)−f*)/ε)/ε IterationsResearch Paper

Why D-optimal design needs a rate guarantee

In D-optimal design, a statistician chooses weights for a collection of candidate observations. The weights determine an information matrix, and maximizing its determinant favors a design that estimates several parameters jointly with a small confidence region. The same determinant objective appears in the minimum-volume enclosing ellipsoid problem. These links, and the earlier methods developed specifically for this objective, are described by Lu, Freund and Nesterov (2018), §2.2. A convergence theorem matters because a numerical design is useful only when its objective value can be related to the best possible value.

The paper applies a general relative smoothness framework to this problem. The usual first-order analysis asks for a uniform Lipschitz bound on the gradient of the objective. The logarithmic determinant has curvature that grows near singular information matrices, so a Euclidean smoothness constant on the whole design region is unsuitable. A logarithmic reference function gives a scale adapted to the coordinate boundary. The mission isolates the matrix result that provides this scale and the resulting explicit iteration bound for the primal gradient scheme. Both results are proved in the paper; their Lean statements are targets for formal proof.

Design weights, objective and algorithm

Fix an m×nm\times nm×n real matrix HHH with row rank mmm and n≥m+1n\ge m+1n≥m+1. A design weight is a vector x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn with nonnegative coordinates and ∑jxj=1\sum_j x_j=1∑j​xj​=1. This set is the simplex Δn\Delta_nΔn​. Write X=Diag⁡(x)X=\operatorname{Diag}(x)X=Diag(x) and M(x)=HXH⊤M(x)=HXH^\topM(x)=HXH⊤. On the points where M(x)M(x)M(x) is positive definite, the optimization problem is

f∗=min⁡x∈Δnf(x),f(x)=−log⁡det⁡M(x).f^*=\min_{x\in\Delta_n} f(x), \qquad f(x)=-\log\det M(x).f∗=x∈Δn​min​f(x),f(x)=−logdetM(x).

The optimum may occur on the boundary of Δn\Delta_nΔn​. At a singular point fff has no finite real value in the paper's model. Accordingly, the formal optimum is an attained point x∗∈Δnx^*\in\Delta_nx∗∈Δn​ for which MMMx^*≻0\succ0≻0, minimal among all such points.

For the algorithm, the positive simplex is Δn∘={x∈Δn:xj>0 for every j}\Delta_n^\circ=\{x\in\Delta_n:x_j>0\text{ for every }j\}Δn∘​={x∈Δn​:xj​>0 for every j}. The reference function and its Bregman distance are

h(x)=-\sum_{j=1}^n\log x_j, \qquad D_h(y,x)=h(y)-h(x)-\nabla h(x)\cdot$y-x$.

A primal gradient run starts at x0=e/nx^0=e/nx0=e/n. At each iteration i≥0i\ge0i≥0, it chooses xi+1∈Δn∘x^{i+1}\in\Delta_n^\circxi+1∈Δn∘​ to minimize

u⟼f(xi)+∇f(xi)⋅(u−xi)+Dh(u,xi)over u∈Δn∘.u\longmapsto f(x^i)+\nabla f(x^i)\cdot(u-x^i)+D_h(u,x^i) \quad\text{over }u\in\Delta_n^\circ.u⟼f(xi)+∇f(xi)⋅(u−xi)+Dh​(u,xi)over u∈Δn∘​.

The coefficient of DhD_hDh​ is exactly one. Proposition 2.2 of Lu, Freund and Nesterov (2018) establishes this relative smoothness constant on the positive orthant. The displayed update represents the minimization condition; no tie-breaking rule is fixed.

Formalization targets

Relative smoothness of the determinant objective

For all positive vectors x,yx,yx,y, Proposition 2.2 asserts

f(y)\le f(x)+\nabla f(x)\cdot$y-x$+D_h(y,x).

Its source-stated matrix claims form the first part of the milestone list. If C=H⊤(HXH⊤)−1HC=H^\top(HXH^\top)^{-1}HC=H⊤(HXH⊤)−1H, the paper identifies ∇f(x)=diag⁡(−C)\nabla f(x)=\operatorname{diag}(-C)∇f(x)=diag(−C), ∇2f(x)=C∘C\nabla^2 f(x)=C\circ C∇2f(x)=C∘C, and C⪯X−1C\preceq X^{-1}C⪯X−1. Equation (17) then records the full comparison with ∇2h(x)=X−2\nabla^2h(x)=X^{-2}∇2h(x)=X−2. Proposition 1.1 connects this Hessian comparison to relative smoothness. These statements fix the constant used by the algorithm.

Accuracy after a specified number of iterations

The mission goal is Theorem 4.1 of Lu, Freund and Nesterov (2018). For 0<ε≤f(x0)−f∗0<\varepsilon\le f(x^0)-f^*0<ε≤f(x0)−f∗, it states

k≥2nlog⁡ ⁣(2(f(x0)−f∗)/ε)ε⟹f(xk)−f∗≤ε.k\ge \frac{2n\log\!\bigl(2(f(x^0)-f^*)/\varepsilon\bigr)}{\varepsilon} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad f(x^k)-f^*\le\varepsilon.k≥ε2nlog(2(f(x0)−f∗)/ε)​⟹f(xk)−f∗≤ε.

The remaining milestones are the instance of the paper's primal gradient rate used here, the interior comparison point bound (40), and the logarithmic Bregman estimate (41)–(42). They follow the objects and constants named in the proof of Theorem 4.1.

What the result provides

The theorem gives a concrete stopping threshold expressed in the number of design weights, the requested objective gap, and the gap at the uniform start. It applies the same primal gradient method analyzed for general relatively smooth functions to a determinant objective whose gradient becomes steep near the boundary. The rate is an iteration count; it does not claim a superior arithmetic-operation count to specialized Frank–Wolfe methods. The paper compares those costs in its Table 1, noting that dense primal gradient iterations require a matrix inverse computation Lu, Freund and Nesterov (2018), §4.

A machine-checked development would connect finite-dimensional matrix inequalities, determinant derivatives, relative smoothness, and the algorithmic rate in one formal model. The matrix and logarithmic derivative results can be reused for other determinant objectives and barrier-based methods. The article proves Theorem 4.1; the mission asks solvers to formalize that known proof or another proof of the same precise statement. None of the draft theorem items is represented as already machine-checked.

Where the mathematical work lies

The determinant objective is well behaved on positive definite information matrices but is undefined at a singular design. A first attempt to apply a smoothness bound over the entire closed simplex encounters unbounded curvature near that boundary. A second issue is that an optimal design can have zero weights, while the logarithmic reference function and the algorithm use positive weights. The rate statement must therefore compare an interior run with an optimum that may lie on the boundary. The milestone list exposes the matrix curvature estimate and the boundary comparison as separate claims rather than hiding either in the goal's assumptions.

Formalization scope and conventions

Vectors are functions Fin⁡(n)→R\operatorname{Fin}(n)\to\mathbb RFin(n)→R, with explicit finite sums; matrices have the corresponding finite index types. The Bregman pairing ∇h(x)⋅\nabla h(x)\cdot∇h(x)⋅y-x$$ is Lean's real Fréchet derivative applied to y−xy-xy−x. Iterates are zero-based. A Loewner inequality A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B means that B−AB-AB−A is positive semidefinite. Rank mmm and n≥m+1n\ge m+1n≥m+1 are the standing data of problem (16). The reference function is used on the positive orthant, and Algorithm 1 minimizes over Δn∘\Delta_n^\circΔn∘​, matching the positive subproblem minimizer described on p. 341.

The paper treats fff as infinite when the information matrix is singular and hhh as infinite at a zero coordinate. Lean's real logarithm has a total value there, so every theorem restricts its meaningful objective evaluations to positive vectors or positive definite information matrices. The goal represents f∗f^*f∗ by an attained x∗x^*x∗ on that domain. It states ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 because the source's iteration formula divides by ε\varepsilonε and takes a logarithm of a ratio involving it. The interior point in (40) is constructed from x∗,x0,εx^*,x^0,\varepsilonx∗,x0,ε; it is not an unconstrained input. These conditions rule out a vacuous interior, a junk logarithm, or division by zero as a formalization of the paper's conclusion.

The development needs matrix rank and positive definiteness, determinant and logarithm differentiation, positive semidefinite matrix order and the Schur product property, finite-sum calculus, and convex analysis of the positive simplex. The finite-dimensional matrix estimates and the relative smoothness criterion are natural reusable contributions. A proof may establish the listed milestones in another order, provided it keeps the same statements and constants.

Selected references

  • H. Lu, R. M. Freund and Yu. Nesterov, Relatively smooth convex optimization by first-order methods, and applications, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(1), 333–354 (2018). DOI: 10.1137/16M1099546.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisDynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights I: The ODE Ẍ + (3/t)Ẋ + ∇f(X) = 0 with X(0) = x₀, Ẋ(0) = 0 Has a Unique Global SolutionResearch Paper

Why this ODE needs a well-posedness theorem

Nesterov’s accelerated gradient method is a discrete procedure for minimizing a smooth convex function. Its iterates use both a gradient step and a momentum term, so the position at the next step depends on recent motion as well as on the current gradient. Su, Boyd, and Candès study a continuous-time model of that behavior: a trajectory whose acceleration is driven by the negative gradient and opposed by a time-dependent damping term. The model is useful only if its prescribed starting point determines an actual trajectory. The first theorem of the paper supplies that guarantee for the damping coefficient 3/t3/t3/t. Su, Boyd, and Candès, 2015, Theorem 1.

The coefficient 3/t3/t3/t is undefined at the stated initial time t=0t=0t=0. Standard results for differential equations with a continuous right-hand side at the initial time therefore cannot be applied directly. The existence and uniqueness claim is substantive: it makes the trajectory used in the paper’s later rate and restart theorems a defined mathematical object, including its behavior at the singular endpoint. The source proves the result; this mission asks for a machine-checked formalization of its statement and its supporting appendix lemmas.

The setting

Fix a dimension nnn, a starting point x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, and a real-valued objective fff. For a constant L>0L>0L>0, the paper’s class FL\mathcal F_LFL​ consists of functions that are convex, continuously differentiable, and have an LLL-Lipschitz gradient:

∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\| \qquad\text{for all }x,y\in\mathbb R^n.∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.

The larger class F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​ is the union of these classes over positive LLL. In particular, the objective need not be strongly convex and need not have a minimizer for this mission.

A solution is a position X:[0,∞)→RnX:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R^nX:[0,∞)→Rn and its velocity V=X˙V=\dot XV=X˙, starting at X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​ and V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, that satisfy equation (3) at every positive time:

V˙(t)+3tV(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,t>0.\dot V(t)+\frac{3}{t}V(t)+\nabla f(X(t))=0,\qquad t>0.V˙(t)+t3​V(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,t>0.

The trajectory is continuously differentiable through the initial endpoint, with a right derivative there, and twice continuously differentiable for t>0t>0t>0. The paper also uses a smoothed equation indexed by δ>0\delta>0δ>0, replacing 3/t3/t3/t with 3/max⁡(δ,t)3/\max(\delta,t)3/max(δ,t). Its solutions are denoted XδX_\deltaXδ​, and its velocity-growth quantity is

Mδ(t)=sup⁡0<u≤t∥X˙δ(u)∥u.M_\delta(t)=\sup_{0<u\le t}\frac{\|\dot X_\delta(u)\|}{u}.Mδ​(t)=0<u≤tsup​u∥X˙δ​(u)∥​.

For local uniqueness, two solutions X,YX,YX,Y on [0,a)[0,a)[0,a) are compared using M~(t)=sup⁡0≤u<t∥X˙(u)−Y˙(u)∥\widetilde M(t)=\sup_{0\le u<t}\|\dot X(u)-\dot Y(u)\|M(t)=sup0≤u<t​∥X˙(u)−Y˙(u)∥. These quantities appear in the appendix lemmas and are represented by pointwise bounds in the formal statements.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 1, the well-posedness of equation (3). For every f∈F∞f\in\mathcal F_\inftyf∈F∞​ and every x0x_0x0​, it asserts both existence of a global trajectory with the regularity above and uniqueness on nonnegative time:

∃X solving (3) from (x0,0),X,Y both solve (3) from (x0,0)⟹X(t)=Y(t)(t≥0).\exists X\ \text{solving (3) from }(x_0,0), \qquad X,Y\ \text{both solve (3) from }(x_0,0) \Longrightarrow X(t)=Y(t)\quad(t\ge0).∃X solving (3) from (x0​,0),X,Y both solve (3) from (x0​,0)⟹X(t)=Y(t)(t≥0).

The milestone list follows the numbered statements in Appendix A. Lemma 16 controls the change in ∇f\nabla f∇f along a smoothed trajectory. Lemmas 15 and 17 bound MδM_\deltaMδ​ on the initial smoothing interval and beyond it, with the explicit thresholds δ<6/L\delta<\sqrt{6/L}δ<6/L​ and t<12/Lt<\sqrt{12/L}t<12/L​. Lemma 18 states that the family of smoothed trajectories with δ=3/L/2m\delta=\sqrt{3/L}/2^mδ=3/L​/2m is uniformly bounded and equicontinuous on [0,6/L][0,\sqrt{6/L}][0,6/L​]. Lemma 14 gives existence for equation (3). Lemma 20 bounds the difference between gradients along two local solutions, and Lemma 19 gives uniqueness in a neighborhood of zero. The goal and milestones preserve the source’s domains, constants, and order of dependence.

What the result provides

Theorem 1 permits the rest of the paper to refer to “the” trajectory of equation (3) from a specified initial point. In particular, statements about its objective value, energy, and restarts need an actual trajectory, and uniqueness makes those statements independent of a choice of solution. The appendix estimates also provide reusable facts about this singular second-order equation: quantitative control of smoothed velocities and local agreement at the singular time.

The paper proves Theorem 1 and the seven listed lemmas on pp. 6 and 28–32. This mission does not claim a new analytical result. Its output would be checked Lean statements and, when solvers finish the proofs, a machine-checked development of the singular initial-value problem. The formal definitions are shared by all items in this mission; the lemmas can be reused in later formal work on accelerated gradient trajectories. No machine-checked proof of these particular statements is being claimed by the draft proposal.

The central difficulty

The initial time is precisely where the damping 3/t3/t3/t has no finite value. Treating the problem as an ordinary initial-value problem at t=0t=0t=0 leaves the differential equation undefined there. Imposing the equation at t=0t=0t=0 after Lean’s total division would instead change it: Lean assigns a value to division by zero, while the paper imposes equation (3) only for t>0t>0t>0. The demanded derivative at zero is one-sided, and control of the behavior as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0 is part of the result.

The smoothed equations are regular at zero, but a statement about each smoothed trajectory does not by itself give a solution of the original singular equation. The appendix’s uniform bounds and equicontinuity are formulated on a common compact interval for a specified sequence of smoothing parameters. Uniqueness has a second boundary issue: local agreement near zero must be connected to ordinary uniqueness at positive time to obtain agreement for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0.

Formalization scope

The Lean space is EuclideanSpace R (Fin n)\mathrm{EuclideanSpace}\ \mathbb R\ (\mathrm{Fin}\ n)EuclideanSpace R (Fin n), with its Euclidean norm; nnn is arbitrary. The objective class includes convexity, C1C^1C1 regularity, a positive Lipschitz constant, and a globally Lipschitz gradient. A solution is encoded as a pair (X,V)(X,V)(X,V), so V=X˙V=\dot XV=X˙ is witnessed by derivative assertions rather than by a total derivative operator. The initial conditions specify X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​, V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, a right derivative of XXX, and right continuity of VVV. The differential equation and ordinary derivatives are required only at positive times. For the smoothed equation, δ>0\delta>0δ>0 is part of the solution predicate.

These choices rule out a vacuous solution predicate and prevent division by zero from defining a different equation. Lean functions are represented on all real times, but the source’s solution lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); uniqueness is therefore equality on that half-line. At negative times the formal representatives are unrestricted. The paper’s real suprema MδM_\deltaMδ​ and M~\widetilde MM are expressed as bounds on every member of their defining ranges, so an empty or unbounded real supremum cannot acquire a misleading default value. Every denominator in Lemmas 15 and 17 has the paper’s strict threshold in its hypotheses.

A full proof development needs ordinary differential equation existence and uniqueness at positive time, continuity and derivative facts at the right endpoint, and compactness of uniformly bounded equicontinuous families. The definitions of the objective class and solution predicates, the quantitative estimates, and the local uniqueness statement are welcome solver contributions. The target is the source theorem with its stated hypotheses and conclusion; a special objective, a weakened time interval, or a proof by an impossible hypothesis does not close it.

Selected references

  • Weijie Su, Stephen Boyd, and Emmanuel J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov’s Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, arXiv:1503.01243v2, 2015; published in Journal of Machine Learning Research 17(153), 2016. Preprint.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning XII: Coordinate-Wise Krichevsky–Trofimov Betting Has Parameter-Free Regret ‖u‖₁L∞√(2T ln(1 + e‖u‖∞T/ε)) + dεL∞Textbook

Why parameter-free regret matters

In online convex optimization, a learner makes a prediction before seeing the next loss. A standard regret guarantee often depends on a learning rate chosen using the size of the comparator that will be assessed later. That comparator is unknown during play. Chapter 13 of Orabona's textbook uses coin betting to obtain a bound that adapts to every comparator while the algorithm uses only its initial wealth and a bound on the observed subgradients. The coordinate-wise form allows the guarantee to reflect a comparator whose important coordinates differ greatly in size.

The motivating task is deterministic. An adversary may choose convex losses over successive rounds, and the performance measure compares the learner's cumulative loss with the loss of a single fixed vector. The algorithm is allowed to know the coordinate bound L∞L_\inftyL∞​ and its initial wealth parameter ε\varepsilonε; it does not know the final comparator uuu or a suitable learning rate for it. The capstone is Theorem 13.9, p. 215, the chapter's coordinate-wise Krichevsky–Trofimov result.

The learner and the betting rule

There are TTT rounds, numbered 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T, in a space Rd\mathbb R^dRd. In round ttt the learner outputs xtx_txt​, pays ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​), and then receives a subgradient gtg_tgt​ of the loss at xtx_txt​. A subgradient supports the loss everywhere: ℓt(y)≥ℓt(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩\ell_t(y)\ge\ell_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleℓt​(y)≥ℓt​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for every y∈Rdy\in\mathbb R^dy∈Rd. Each coordinate obeys ∣gt,i∣≤L∞|g_{t,i}|\le L_\infty∣gt,i​∣≤L∞​. For a fixed comparator uuu, regret is

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^T\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

The underlying KT bettor begins with wealth ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Given coin outcomes ct∈[−1,1]c_t\in[-1,1]ct​∈[−1,1], it wagers a fraction βt=(∑j=1t−1cj)/t\beta_t=(\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}c_j)/tβt​=(∑j=1t−1​cj​)/t of its wealth before outcome ctc_tct​ arrives. Its signed wager is bt=βtWealth⁡t−1b_t=\beta_t\operatorname{Wealth}_{t-1}bt​=βt​Wealtht−1​, and Wealth⁡t=Wealth⁡t−1+ctbt\operatorname{Wealth}_t=\operatorname{Wealth}_{t-1}+c_tb_tWealtht​=Wealtht−1​+ct​bt​. The denominator is ttt, including the first round, when the past sum and the wager are zero. Algorithm 13.1, p. 208 defines this update.

For optimization, Algorithm 13.3, p. 215 applies a separate KT update to every coordinate. With L∞>0L_\infty>0L∞​>0, the prediction is fixed by past gradients and past predictions:

xt,i=−∑j=1t−1gj,iL∞t(ε−∑j=1t−1gj,iL∞xj,i).x_{t,i}=-\frac{\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}g_{j,i}}{L_\infty t} \left(\varepsilon-\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}\frac{g_{j,i}}{L_\infty}x_{j,i}\right).xt,i​=−L∞​t∑j=1t−1​gj,i​​(ε−j=1∑t−1​L∞​gj,i​​xj,i​).

This is the algorithm studied in the target theorem. A run includes the update and an admissible subgradient at each round; it is not an arbitrary sequence of predictions satisfying a bound after the fact.

Formalization targets

The main target records both inequalities in Theorem 13.9. For every comparator u∈Rdu\in\mathbb R^du∈Rd,

Regret⁡T(u)≤L∞∑i=1d∣ui∣2Tln⁡(1+e∣ui∣Tε)+dεL∞≤∥u∥1L∞2Tln⁡(1+e∥u∥∞Tε)+dεL∞.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u) \le L_\infty\sum_{i=1}^d |u_i|\sqrt{2T\ln\left(1+\frac{e|u_i|T}{\varepsilon}\right)}+d\varepsilon L_\infty \le \|u\|_1L_\infty\sqrt{2T\ln\left(1+\frac{e\|u\|_\infty T}{\varepsilon}\right)}+d\varepsilon L_\infty.RegretT​(u)≤L∞​i=1∑d​∣ui​∣2Tln(1+εe∣ui​∣T​)​+dεL∞​≤∥u∥1​L∞​2Tln(1+εe∥u∥∞​T​)​+dεL∞​.

The milestone path consists of three statements drawn directly from the chapter: the gamma-potential one-step inequality (13.1), the continuous-coin wealth guarantee of Theorem 13.4, and the one-dimensional KT regret display in §13.2.1. The first controls the change in the betting potential, the second relates that potential to final wealth, and the third is the scalar guarantee used by the coordinate-wise theorem. All three retain the printed constants and the source's one-based indexing.

What the theorem gives

The first inequality charges each comparator coordinate according to its own magnitude. The second expresses the result using familiar ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ norms. Both apply to the same run without choosing a new algorithm for a new uuu. At u=0u=0u=0, the bound is dεL∞d\varepsilon L_\inftydεL∞​, showing directly the cost of the initial-wealth choice. For a sparse or uneven comparator, the coordinate sum can be more informative than a bound that uses only the largest coordinate.

The mathematical results are proved in the cited textbook. This mission supplies Lean statements for those results; the theorem files are proof targets and do not yet contain machine-checked proofs. A completed development would connect the betting potential, the one-dimensional optimization reduction, and the coordinate aggregation through reusable lemmas. Its definition layer can also serve later formalizations of coin-betting algorithms with other wealth potentials.

Where the difficulty lies

The prediction uses a changing wager fraction determined by the previous outcomes. A direct fixed-fraction calculation does not describe that sequence of wagers. The chapter instead identifies a gamma-function potential that can be compared with the changing wealth at every round. For continuous coin outcomes, the potential must satisfy an inequality for every real c∈[−1,1]c\in[-1,1]c∈[−1,1], including interior values rather than only the binary endpoints.

The optimization guarantee adds another boundary: a lower bound on betting wealth must become an upper bound on regret for every real comparator. The desired expression has a logarithm, a square root, and the exact factor eee inside it. The coordinate-wise result must preserve the scalar constant in every coordinate and then justify the second inequality involving ∥u∥∞\|u\|_\infty∥u∥∞​. These are the places where a weaker or altered constant would change the target.

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rd\mathbb R^dRd as functions Fin d → ℝ; its function norm is the sup norm, while the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ quantity is the explicit sum ∑i∣ui∣\sum_i|u_i|∑i​∣ui​∣. The theorem assumes d≥1d\ge1d≥1, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and L∞>0L_\infty>0L∞​>0. These make the finite-dimensional setting nonempty and the printed quotients and logarithms operate on their intended domains. Time index zero is unused. All sums over rounds use 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T.

Losses are real-valued and subdifferentiable on the whole space, as in Algorithm 13.3. The run records full-space subgradients selected at the learner's predictions and their coordinate bounds. This selected-gradient condition is sufficient for the printed regret inequalities; global boundedness of every possible subgradient is a stronger convention used in the one-dimensional prose. The gamma potential is a separate definition with Real.Gamma; its arguments are positive on the domains used by the wealth theorem. The bettor's wealth is a finite product of its exact per-round returns.

The formalization must keep the explicit update in the run predicate. Allowing xtx_txt​ to depend on the current gtg_tgt​, or replacing the update by a generic betting rule, would no longer state Algorithm 13.3's guarantee. Contributions are welcome on the gamma-potential inequality, the wealth bound, the one-dimensional regret bound, and the final coordinate aggregation. The supporting results should retain the chapter's constants and handle the first round and zero-valued coin outcomes.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning X: The Weighted Average Algorithm with a Uniform Prior Has Regret (d/α)(1 + ln(T/d + 1)) on α-Exp-Concave LossesTextbook

Motivation

Online prediction compares the losses of a sequence of decisions with the losses of one fixed decision chosen after the sequence is known. A learner would like a regret guarantee that remains valid for every such competitor, even when the losses arrive in an arbitrary order. Exponentially weighted averaging is a way to make each decision from all feasible points rather than committing to one candidate early. The method gives the Weighted Average Algorithm (WAA) in Chapter 11 of Orabona's text. It is particularly effective when the exponential of each negative loss is concave, a condition called exp-concavity.

The chapter first compares WAA with a competing probability distribution. Theorem 11.5 turns that guarantee into a bound against an individual feasible point. That distinction matters when the benchmark is a concrete portfolio, parameter vector, or other fixed decision, rather than a distribution over decisions. The same chapter later extends the weighted-average viewpoint to mixable losses through the Aggregating Algorithm; this mission focuses on the earlier deterministic-comparator result.

Setting

The feasible set VVV is a closed, bounded, convex, full-dimensional subset of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, with d≥1d\geq1d≥1. Its uniform distribution assigns a measurable subset probability equal to its Euclidean volume divided by Vol⁡(V)\operatorname{Vol}(V)Vol(V). Because VVV is bounded and full-dimensional, its volume is finite and positive. Rounds are t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T, with T≥1T\geq1T≥1. In round ttt, the learner predicts xtx_txt​, then observes a loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​ and pays ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​). A competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V is fixed across all rounds. Its regret is

RT(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).R_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

For a parameter α>0\alpha>0α>0, a real-valued loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​ is α\alphaα-exp-concave on VVV if x↦e−αℓt(x)x\mapsto e^{-\alpha\ell_t(x)}x↦e−αℓt​(x) is concave on VVV. Definition 7.31 in the source also permits a loss value of +∞+\infty+∞, with e−α(+∞)=0e^{-\alpha(+\infty)}=0e−α(+∞)=0. The mission defines that extended-valued concept for Proposition 7.34 and uses real-valued losses in its WAA target. The weighted average in round ttt is

xt=∫Vx exp⁡ ⁣(−α∑s=1t−1ℓs(x)) dx∫Vexp⁡ ⁣(−α∑s=1t−1ℓs(x)) dx.x_t=\frac{\int_V x\,\exp\!\left(-\alpha\sum_{s=1}^{t-1}\ell_s(x)\right)\,dx}{\int_V\exp\!\left(-\alpha\sum_{s=1}^{t-1}\ell_s(x)\right)\,dx}.xt​=∫V​exp(−α∑s=1t−1​ℓs​(x))dx∫V​xexp(−α∑s=1t−1​ℓs​(x))dx​.

Thus x1x_1x1​ is the centroid of VVV. This formula is Algorithm 11.1 with the uniform initial distribution and 1/λt=α1/\lambda_t=\alpha1/λt​=α. The existing published EWOO point definition uses precisely this one-based formula, so the mission imports that object. The integrals are with respect to Euclidean Lebesgue measure.

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem 11.5, equation (11.6): for every u∈Vu\in Vu∈V,

RT(u)≤dα(1+ln⁡(Td+1)).R_T(u)\leq\frac d\alpha\left(1+\ln\left(\frac Td+1\right)\right).RT​(u)≤αd​(1+ln(dT​+1)).

The target fixes the exact dimension, horizon, and exp-concavity dependence from the source. It applies to each fixed competitor, with no distribution chosen in the statement. The milestone list records three source claims in reading order. Proposition 7.34 says that exp-concavity implies convexity, including the book's extended-real convention. Two displays in the proof of Theorem 11.5 describe the translated, contracted set V′={T/dT/d+1u+1T/d+1w:w∈V}V'=\{\frac{T/d}{T/d+1}u+\frac{1}{T/d+1}w:w\in V\}V′={T/d+1T/d​u+T/d+11​w:w∈V}: the exponential losses there are bounded against those at uuu, and its uniform-prior mass is 1/(T/d+1)d1/(T/d+1)^d1/(T/d+1)d. These are the chapter's explicit geometric and loss-comparison targets.

Significance

The theorem converts a distributional WAA guarantee into a bound for each deterministic competitor. Its dimension factor is ddd, and its logarithm contains T/d+1T/d+1T/d+1. This exact expression is sharper than replacing that logarithm by ln⁡(T+1)\ln(T+1)ln(T+1) for d>1d>1d>1; the distinction is visible in the target statement. A related EWOO result with the weaker (d/α)(1+ln⁡(T+1))(d/\alpha)(1+\ln(T+1))(d/α)(1+ln(T+1)) form is already represented in the platform's library, but it does not establish the bound selected here. The source theorem is proved in the book; the remaining work is a machine-checked proof of this statement and the geometric milestones, with the source's constants intact.

The formal development can also support later results on exponentially weighted prediction. Its reusable pieces are the definition of exp-concavity, the extended-real epigraph convention, and the volume identity for a translated scaling of a convex body. The WAA prediction itself is represented by a previously published definition, giving future results a common algorithmic object rather than another copy of the same integral formula.

Difficulty

The general WAA statement compares the algorithm with a probability distribution, whereas Theorem 11.5 compares it with a point uuu. A point mass at uuu is unsuitable as a comparator to a uniform continuous prior: it has no density with respect to that prior, so its relative entropy is infinite. The finite bound depends on identifying a region around uuu that has positive uniform mass while retaining control of every exp-concave loss on that region. A formal treatment must also ensure that the weighted vector integral denotes an actual mean and that the normalization denominator is positive, rather than inheriting a default value from a total integral or division operator.

Formalization scope

The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and a loss is indexed from round one; index zero is unused. The prior is uniform on VVV, and the point played is the published one-based EWOO weighted mean. The hypotheses d,T≥1d,T\geq1d,T≥1 make the printed ratios meaningful. Closedness, boundedness, convexity, and positive volume express the source's full-dimensional convex-body setting. The theorem additionally records almost-everywhere measurability of each loss on VVV, and integrability of each exponential weight and its vector moment; these are explicit analytic conditions for the real and Bochner integrals in Lean. They are not algorithmic restrictions or assumptions of the regret inequality's conclusion. Positive volume and integrability rule out a vacuous zero denominator or Lean's zero value for a non-integrable integral.

The source allows extended-real losses, but the goal uses real-valued losses on VVV. Proposition 7.34 separately retains the full extended-real statement through WithTop ℝ: +∞+\infty+∞ maps to zero under the exponential, and convexity is expressed by a convex epigraph. A complete proof needs the exp-concavity and Jensen facts, the weighted-mean properties on convex VVV, the measure and volume properties of V′V'V′, and the distributional WAA inequality from the chapter. Contributions that supply these lemmas under the stated conventions are within scope. The prediction cannot be replaced by an arbitrary point of VVV: the exact uniform-prior weighted mean is part of the goal.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. Chapter 11 and Proposition 7.34.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning II: Online-to-Batch Conversion Turns a Regret Bound into a Risk Bound with Deviation 2√(2 ln(2/δ)/T)Textbook

Motivation

An online learning algorithm chooses a decision before seeing each round's data and is judged by regret: how much more loss it incurs than a fixed decision chosen in hindsight. Statistical learning asks a different question. After seeing data drawn from a distribution, how small is the decision's expected loss on another draw? Chapter 3 of Orabona's textbook connects these settings. It shows that a deterministic online rule with a pathwise regret guarantee also controls expected loss when its input data are independent samples. The chapter's high-probability result is the target here.

The distinction matters when an online guarantee is already available. A regret theorem holds for every loss sequence, including adversarial sequences, yet it does not by itself state what a learner achieves on future data from a distribution. The conversion supplies that statistical reading. It applies to the sequence of predictions produced along one sample path, with no need to select an empirical-risk minimizer from the full decision set. Chapter 3 also studies finite-set validation, in which a separate sample selects one candidate from a fixed collection Orabona, Chapter 3.

Setting

The decision set VVV is a subset of Euclidean space Rd\mathbb R^dRd. A data point zzz belongs to a measurable space DDD and is drawn according to a probability distribution ρ\rhoρ. The loss f(x,z)f(x,z)f(x,z) lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1] for every x∈Vx\in Vx∈V and z∈Dz\in Dz∈D, and is measurable as a function of zzz when xxx is fixed. Its true risk is F(x)=Ez∼ρ[f(x,z)]F(x)=\mathbb E_{z\sim\rho}[f(x,z)]F(x)=Ez∼ρ​[f(x,z)]. For a sample ξ1,…,ξT\xi_1,\ldots,\xi_Tξ1​,…,ξT​ drawn independently from ρ\rhoρ, round ttt presents the loss function ℓt(x)=f(x,ξt)\ell_t(x)=f(x,\xi_t)ℓt​(x)=f(x,ξt​).

A deterministic online algorithm produces predictions x1,…,xT+1x_1,\ldots,x_{T+1}x1​,…,xT+1​ in VVV. Its prediction xtx_txt​ uses only ξ1,…,ξt−1\xi_1,\ldots,\xi_{t-1}ξ1​,…,ξt−1​. For a fixed competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, its regret is Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1Tℓt(xt)−∑t=1Tℓt(u)\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(x_t)-\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(u)RegretT​(u)=∑t=1T​ℓt​(xt​)−∑t=1T​ℓt​(u). A proposed regret bound R(u,T)R(u,T)R(u,T) is required to hold on every sample path and for every competitor uuu. The risk comparison uses a minimizer of the full expression F(u)+R(u,T)/TF(u)+R(u,T)/TF(u)+R(u,T)/T, whose existence the theorem assumes.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.10, with T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1:

P ⁣{1T∑t=1TF(xt)≤min⁡u∈V(F(u)+R(u,T)T)+22ln⁡(2/δ)T}≥1−δ.\mathbb P\!\left\{\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T F(x_t) \le \min_{u\in V}\left(F(u)+\frac{R(u,T)}{T}\right) +2\sqrt{\frac{2\ln(2/\delta)}{T}}\right\}\ge1-\delta.P{T1​t=1∑T​F(xt​)≤u∈Vmin​(F(u)+TR(u,T)​)+2T2ln(2/δ)​​}≥1−δ.

The minimum includes both risk and normalized regret. The theorem controls the average risk of the produced predictions; it does not require FFF to be convex or claim the risk of their average decision. This makes the result applicable to decision sets and losses beyond the convex setting of the chapter's expectation result.

The first milestone is the two-sided bounded-martingale inequality of Theorem 3.9. A second milestone is the displayed concentration estimate in the proof of Theorem 3.10, which compares average true risk with average observed loss for the adaptive predictions. The final milestone is Theorem 3.17: if a fixed nonempty finite set S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V is evaluated on fresh data and x^\widehat xx minimizes its empirical risk, then

F(x^)≤min⁡x∈SF(x)+22ln⁡(2∣S∣/δ)TF(\widehat x)\le\min_{x\in S}F(x) +2\sqrt{\frac{2\ln(2|S|/\delta)}{T}}F(x)≤x∈Smin​F(x)+2T2ln(2∣S∣/δ)​​

with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ Orabona, pp. 27–32.

Significance

The goal gives a direct way to read an online regret certificate as a distributional risk certificate. The bound retains the competitor-dependent function R(u,T)R(u,T)R(u,T) inside the minimization: a decision with slightly larger risk but substantially smaller regret bound may give the better guarantee. Its deviation term has the exact constant and confidence dependence stated in the textbook. The finite-set theorem supplies a distinct validation guarantee for choosing one candidate from a fixed collection; it applies even when the risk is not convex.

Formalizing these results adds the probability layer absent from a deterministic regret statement: independent samples, a prediction rule constrained by past observations, true risk as an integral, and probability events for the adaptive sequence. Related online-to-batch statements already exist in the platform's developments of Hazan's online convex optimization text and Mohri, Rostamizadeh and Talwalkar's Foundations of Machine Learning. They use different algorithm and loss models and do not state this competitor-dependent bound. The present mission records the precise Chapter 3 formulation as an open formal proof target; the local Lean statements compile, but their proofs are not supplied.

Difficulty

The observed loss f(xt,ξt)f(x_t,\xi_t)f(xt​,ξt​) uses a prediction chosen from earlier observations, while the event in the goal concerns its expected loss F(xt)F(x_t)F(xt​). Treating the predictions as fixed would ignore their dependence on the sample history. Allowing a prediction to inspect the current sample would break the comparison. The required concentration statement therefore has to retain the exact information available at each round. The comparator in the final bound is fixed before the samples are observed, while the online predictions remain sample dependent Orabona, proof of Theorem 3.10.

For the finite-set result, the selected predictor depends on the validation sample. A concentration estimate for a single fixed predictor does not immediately give the asserted guarantee for that selected predictor. The finite set must remain fixed before sampling, and the statement must account for every possible selected member.

Formalization scope

The Lean decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Samples are functions N→D\mathbb N\to DN→D under the infinite product measure of ρ\rhoρ; their values at index zero are unused. The algorithm is a function of the full sample path constrained by a non-anticipation predicate: changing samples from round ttt onward cannot change xtx_txt​. Regret is against a fixed uuu, with sums over rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T. The pathwise regret guarantee quantifies over every sample path, so it cannot be replaced by an expected-regret assumption.

The integral defining FFF is used with the book's measurable [0,1][0,1][0,1] losses on VVV, avoiding an undefined-integral convention. Measurability of each prediction, realized loss, and realized risk is stated explicitly where a probability event uses them. These regularity conditions make the probability statements meaningful and are the only extra conditions beyond the textbook's mathematical setup. A minimizer u⋆∈Vu_\star\in Vu⋆​∈V represents the assumed minimum in Theorem 3.10. The finite-set minimum is a real infimum whose input is nonempty, finite, and bounded. The positive horizon guards division by TTT; 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 guards the logarithms. In Theorem 3.9, B>0B>0B>0 and ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0 make its printed tail formula valid, including at the threshold boundary.

A complete development needs Mathlib's infinite product measure, filtration and martingale interfaces, conditional expectation or conditional moment bounds, and the sub-Gaussian concentration library. The risk, regret, non-anticipation, and empirical-risk definitions can be reused for later stochastic learning results. Contributions that establish the concentration milestone, connect it to the regret identity, or prove the finite-set validation statement all fit this scope.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv
  • Elad Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Optimization, 2016; revised arXiv version, 2019. arXiv
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 4: Under Convexity, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization Reaches Expected Function Gap (½‖x₀−x*‖² + L²γ²)/(γ√(T+1))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing take the form of minimizing an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), where the only access to fff is through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The classical tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner part of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). In experiments the richer models are markedly less sensitive to the choice of step size.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization, in which each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff plus rrr plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) covers weakly convex problems through the Moreau envelope. This mission formalizes the companion result for the convex setting, Theorem 4.1: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation without quadratic error and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is convex, the expected function gap at a weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​. As the paper notes (p. 22), for the stochastic proximal subgradient method this improves earlier bounds (Cruz 2017; Duchi–Singer 2009) because no subgradient norm of rrr enters the estimate.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 is ordinary convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=0\eta=0η=0. Write αt=βt−1>0\alpha_t=\beta_t^{-1}>0αt​=βt−1​>0 for the step sizes and let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, (4.17) and (4.18)

For every T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(1∑t=0Tαt∑t=0Tαtxt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t}\textstyle\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t x_{t+1}\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[φ(∑t=0T​αt​1​∑t=0T​αt​xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤∑t=0T​αt​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with the constant step αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t=\gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0,

E[φ(1T+1∑t=1T+1xt)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{T+1}\textstyle\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[φ(T+11​∑t=1T+1​xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤γT+1​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2γ2​.

The factor 222 in front of L2\mathsf L^2L2 is the constant the paper's proof establishes; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8): for every x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr, with xtx_txt​ fixed and Et\mathbb E_tEt​ the expectation over ξt\xi_tξt​,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.1, first display (p. 23): 2αtE[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1−x∗∥2+4L2αt22\alpha_t\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\mathbb E\|x_t-x^*\|^2-\mathbb E\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2+4\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22αt​E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt​−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1​−x∗∥2+4L2αt2​.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the function-value guarantee of the model-based framework. Theorem 4.3 measures progress by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, which is the right quantity for nonconvex problems but says nothing directly about suboptimality; under convexity, Theorem 4.1 gives the familiar O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) rate for the gap itself. It applies to the stochastic proximal point and prox-linear methods as well as to the proximal subgradient method, and §4.2 of the paper uses it for minimizing an expectation of a pointwise maximum of convex functions, such as the conditional value-at-risk. The estimate (4.8) behind it is also the engine of the strongly convex rate O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) (Theorem 4.2, a separate mission of this series).

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The formalization contributes a checked version of the one-step estimate (4.8) with its corrected constant, a reusable Lean encoding of Assumption B and of Algorithm 4.1 with extended-valued rrr, and the passage from conditional one-step bounds to expectations over the product measure of the samples.

Difficulty

The argument is short on paper; the work lies in the measure theory the paper leaves implicit. The iterate xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is an argmin that depends on xtx_txt​ and on the fresh sample ξt\xi_tξt​, and the one-step estimate holds only conditionally, with xtx_txt​ frozen. Turning it into an inequality between unconditional expectations requires measurability of the iterates, independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from the past, and integrability of φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) and ∥xt+1−x∗∥2\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2∥xt+1​−x∗∥2, which the paper takes for granted. The convex function φ\varphiφ is extended-valued, so the function gap is meaningful only because every iterate and every average lies in dom⁡r\operatorname{dom}rdomr.

A naive one-step argument that bounds f(xt)−f(xt+1)f(x_t)-f(x_{t+1})f(xt​)−f(xt+1​) and fxt(xt,ξt)−fxt(xt+1,ξt)f_{x_t}(x_t,\xi_t)-f_{x_t}(x_{t+1},\xi_t)fxt​​(xt​,ξt​)−fxt​​(xt+1​,ξt​) separately, each by a Lipschitz constant times ∥xt+1−xt∥\|x_{t+1}-x_t\|∥xt+1​−xt​∥, gives the constant 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and not the printed 2L22\mathsf L^22L2. The printed constant is false (see below), so the constant cannot be improved simply by tightening that one step.

Formalization scope

  • Space and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is a real function together with its domain D; closedness of rrr is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}, and convexity is ConvexOn ℝ D. L\mathsf LL is L and L(ξ)L(\xi)L(ξ) is Lfun.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure P⊗(T+1)P^{\otimes(T+1)}P⊗(T+1); expectations are Bochner integrals. Every theorem that bounds an expectation also concludes integrability of the integrand, so the junk value 000 of a non-integrable integral cannot make a bound hold vacuously. The single-step estimate (4.8) holds xtx_txt​ fixed and integrates over one sample; integrability of r(xt+1)r(x_{t+1})r(xt+1​) is a hypothesis there, and a conclusion in the run-level statements, where the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ supplies the lower bound.
  • Algorithm. The iterates are the run of an update map that always lies in DDD, is jointly measurable, and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample. An unconstrained update map would make the goal false; this one is pinned to the paper's step. x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U is assumed, since the model is only defined on UUU. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates, and requiring βt>ρˉ>τ+η=0\beta_t>\bar\rho>\tau+\eta=0βt​>ρˉ​>τ+η=0 over the steps used is the same as αt>0\alpha_t>0αt​>0.
  • Minimizer. x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D with φ(x∗)≤φ(y)\varphi(x^*)\le\varphi(y)φ(x∗)≤φ(y) for all y∈Dy\in Dy∈D. A minimizer of fff alone, or an arbitrary point, would trivialize the goal; convexity of φ\varphiφ is not assumed separately, since it follows from Lemma 4.1.
  • Corrected constant (paper typo). The paper prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)) in (4.8), 2L2αt22\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22L2αt2​ in the first display of the proof of Theorem 4.1, and L2\mathsf L^2L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Its own proof of (4.8) (p. 21) bounds the error terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)). The printed (4.8) and the printed first display fail on a one-dimensional example (r=0r=0r=0, f=∣⋅∣f=|\cdot|f=∣⋅∣, a linear model with slope ±1\pm1±1 at the origin, β=1\beta=1β=1). The Lean statements carry the constants the proof establishes: 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and the display, 2L22\mathsf L^22L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Whether the printed (4.17) holds by a sharper argument is not settled here; the milestone texts quote the page verbatim.
  • Needed infrastructure. Product measures and independence of coordinates (Measure.pi), Fubini–Tonelli over Ωt×Ω\Omega^{t}\times\OmegaΩt×Ω, measurability of the run, Jensen's inequality for a convex function on a convex set, and strong convexity of the subproblem. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are a general "conditional one-step bound to expectation over the run" lemma reusable by the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • J. Duchi, Y. Singer, Efficient online and batch learning using forward backward splitting, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 10:2899–2934, 2009. https://jmlr.org/papers/v10/duchi09a.html
  • J. Cruz, On proximal subgradient splitting method for minimizing the sum of two nonsmooth convex functions, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 25:245–263, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-016-0376-5
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 5: Under μ-Strong Convexity, Model-Based Minimization with β_t = μ(t+1)/2 Reaches Expected Function Gap O(1/(μT))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing minimize an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), with access to fff only through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The standard tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner map of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). The richer models are markedly less sensitive to the step size in practice.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization: each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff, plus rrr, plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) concerns weakly convex problems. This mission formalizes the companion result for the strongly convex setting, Theorem 4.2: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is μ\muμ-strongly convex, the expected function gap at a nonuniformly weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT). The weighting is the technique of Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach (2012) for the projected stochastic subgradient method; the paper extends it to the fully proximal, model-based setting (p. 23).

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; a negative modulus ρ=−μ\rho=-\muρ=−μ is μ\muμ-strong convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The strongly convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=−μ\eta=-\muη=−μ with μ>0\mu>0μ>0, run with βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2. Let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For every integer T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(2(T+2)(T+3)−2∑t=1T+1(t+1) xt)−φ(x∗)]≤μ∥x0−x∗∥2(T+2)2+16L2μ(T+2),\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\frac{2}{(T+2)(T+3)-2}\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}(t+1)\,x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\mu\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{(T+2)^2}+\frac{16\mathsf L^2}{\mu(T+2)},E[φ((T+2)(T+3)−22​t=1∑T+1​(t+1)xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤(T+2)2μ∥x0​−x∗∥2​+μ(T+2)16L2​,

together with integrability of the function inside the expectation. The paper prints 8L28\mathsf L^28L2; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1 (p. 18): φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8) (p. 20): for a fixed current point xtx_txt​ and any x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.2, first display (p. 23): with Δt=12E∥x∗−xt∥2\Delta_t=\frac12\mathbb E\|x^*-x_t\|^2Δt​=21​E∥x∗−xt​∥2,
E[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤βtΔt−(βt+μ)Δt+1+2L2βt.\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\beta_t\Delta_t-(\beta_t+\mu)\Delta_{t+1}+\frac{2\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t}.E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤βt​Δt​−(βt​+μ)Δt+1​+βt​2L2​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 is the O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) rate for a whole family of stochastic methods at once: the stochastic proximal point, prox-linear and proximal subgradient methods all satisfy Assumption B (§4.2 of the paper). The rate is in function values at an explicit averaged point, with explicit constants, and needs neither smoothness of fff nor bounded subgradients of rrr: the regularizer enters only through the strong convexity of the subproblems. The 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT) order is the one Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach obtained for the projected stochastic subgradient method; Theorem 4.2 extends it to models that are not linear and to a general closed rrr.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. Formalizing it pins down the exact constant (the printed one does not follow from the paper's lemmas; see below), the measure-theoretic content of "iterates generated by Algorithm 4.1" (a measurable selection of the argmin, the product measure of the samples, conditional expectation as an integral over one fresh sample) and the integrability that the expectations presuppose. The one-step estimate (4.8) is shared with mission 4 of this series (Theorem 4.1, convex setting); a proof of it serves both.

Difficulty

The telescoping that turns the one-step bound into the rate is elementary once the weights t+2t+2t+2 are chosen. The work lies in two places. First, (4.8) itself: it combines the strong convexity of the subproblem, the one-sided accuracy (B2) used in expectation, the Lipschitz bound (B4) at the random point xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ (so the exceptional null set must not depend on that point), Cauchy–Schwarz, and Lemma 4.1. Second, the passage from one step with xtx_txt​ held fixed to expectations over the whole run: this needs the independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from ξ0,…,ξt−1\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{t-1}ξ0​,…,ξt−1​ (Fubini on the product measure) and integrability of rrr, ∥xt−x∗∥2\|x_t-x^*\|^2∥xt​−x∗∥2 and φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) along the run, none of which is stated on the page. A natural first attempt, bounding φ\varphiφ at the average by the average of φ\varphiφ before checking that the average lies in DDD, is valid only because the weights sum to one and DDD is convex by (B3).

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and extended values. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is encoded by its domain D and its real values on D; closedness is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}. μ\muμ-strong convexity is (−μ)(-\mu)(−μ)-weak convexity: convexity of ψ−μ2∥⋅∥2\psi-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2ψ−2μ​∥⋅∥2 on D.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under Measure.pi; expectations are Bochner integrals, and every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion, so a junk value 000 cannot make a bound hold. Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in (4.8) is the integral over one fresh sample with xtx_txt​ held fixed.
  • Iterates. The update is a jointly measurable map that lies in DDD and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample; the run is driven by it. Measurability of the update and x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U are added hypotheses. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates (any ρˉ∈(−μ,μ/2)\bar\rho\in(-\mu,\mu/2)ρˉ​∈(−μ,μ/2) is admissible for all ttt) and does not appear. x∗x^*x∗ is any minimizer of φ=f+r\varphi=f+rφ=f+r over DDD.
  • Constant correction. The proof of (4.8) on p. 21 bounds the δ\deltaδ-terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)); the display prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)), which fails on a one-dimensional example. Carried through the proof of Theorem 4.2, the corrected constant gives 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ in the first display (printed L2/βt\mathsf L^2/\beta_tL2/βt​) and 16L2/(μ(T+2))16\mathsf L^2/(\mu(T+2))16L2/(μ(T+2)) in the theorem (printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2). The Lean states the proof's constants; the milestone texts are quoted as printed. Whether the printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2 bound holds by a sharper argument is open here.
  • Trivializations ruled out. The stepsize is fixed to βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2, the update is constrained to the argmin, x∗x^*x∗ minimizes φ\varphiφ (not fff), and the modulus is −μ-\mu−μ, not μ\muμ (μ\muμ-weak convexity would make the theorem false).
  • Contributions welcome. A proof of (4.8) from Assumption B, the Fubini/independence step for the run, and integrability lemmas for argmin selections are reusable across the series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, A simpler approach to obtaining an O(1/t) convergence rate for the projected stochastic subgradient method, arXiv:1212.2002, 2012 (cited as [62] in the paper). https://arxiv.org/abs/1212.2002
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Two-Timescale Stochastic Algorithm Framework for Bilevel Optimization: Complexity Analysis and Application to Actor-Critic: Explicit Error Bounds for TTSA with a Strongly Convex Outer ObjectiveResearch Paper

Motivation

Bilevel optimization asks for an outer decision while an inner optimization problem responds to that decision. In hyperparameter selection, for example, the outer objective evaluates a model whose parameters are chosen by a training problem. A two-timescale algorithm updates both levels in one stochastic loop, so its outer step uses an inner solution that has not yet settled. The resulting error bound must account for both the outer decision and the inner tracking error. Hong, Wai, Wang and Yang study this setting and give finite-time bounds for their two-timescale stochastic approximation (TTSA) algorithm in the strongly convex outer case Hong et al., arXiv:2007.05170v4, §§1–3.

The paper states its main rates using ≲\lesssim≲, with numerical constants omitted. Appendix A gives explicit bounds for the two errors. This mission targets those displayed bounds, retaining their constants and the actual stochastic update. The selected source is the arXiv v4 preprint: page numbers and theorem labels below refer to that version Hong et al., Theorem 1 and App. A.

Setting

Let X⊆Rd1X\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_1}X⊆Rd1​ be closed and convex. For an outer point x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, the inner solution y⋆(x)∈Rd2y^\star(x)\in\mathbb R^{d_2}y⋆(x)∈Rd2​ minimizes g(x,⋅)g(x,\cdot)g(x,⋅). The outer objective is ℓ(x)=f(x,y⋆(x))\ell(x)=f(x,y^\star(x))ℓ(x)=f(x,y⋆(x)), and x⋆∈Xx^\star\in Xx⋆∈X is an optimal outer point. The inner objective is strongly convex in yyy, which gives a unique inner minimizer. The paper’s derivative and Lipschitz assumptions control how that minimizer and the outer gradient change as xxx and yyy move Hong et al., Assumptions 1–2, pp. 5–6.

The algorithm keeps iterates xk∈Xx^k\in Xxk∈X and yk∈Rd2y^k\in\mathbb R^{d_2}yk∈Rd2​. With deterministic step sizes αk,βk\alpha_k,\beta_kαk​,βk​ and stochastic estimates hfk,hgkh_f^k,h_g^khfk​,hgk​, it updates

yk+1=yk−βkhgk,xk+1=PX(xk−αkhfk),y^{k+1}=y^k-\beta_k h_g^k,\qquad x^{k+1}=P_X(x^k-\alpha_k h_f^k),yk+1=yk−βk​hgk​,xk+1=PX​(xk−αk​hfk​),

where PXP_XPX​ is the Euclidean nearest-point projection onto XXX. The inner estimate targets ∇yg(xk,yk)\nabla_y g(x^k,y^k)∇y​g(xk,yk). The outer estimate targets the surrogate gradient

∇ˉxf(x,y)=∇xf(x,y)−∇xy2g(x,y)[∇yy2g(x,y)]−1∇yf(x,y),\bar\nabla_xf(x,y)=\nabla_xf(x,y)-\nabla^2_{xy}g(x,y) [\nabla^2_{yy}g(x,y)]^{-1}\nabla_yf(x,y),∇ˉx​f(x,y)=∇x​f(x,y)−∇xy2​g(x,y)[∇yy2​g(x,y)]−1∇y​f(x,y),

with a bias bounded by bkb_kbk​. Assumption 3 bounds the conditional variances given the histories Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and Fk′\mathcal F'_kFk′​. The surrogate at y⋆(x)y^\star(x)y⋆(x) is the paper’s ∇ℓ(x)\nabla\ell(x)∇ℓ(x) Hong et al., Algorithm 1, (5)–(7c), p. 6.

The two quantities being bounded are the outer error Δxk=E∥xk−x⋆∥2\Delta_x^k=\mathbb E\|x^k-x^\star\|^2Δxk​=E∥xk−x⋆∥2 and inner tracking error Δyk=E∥yk−y⋆(xk−1)∥2\Delta_y^k=\mathbb E\|y^k-y^\star(x^{k-1})\|^2Δyk​=E∥yk−y⋆(xk−1)∥2. At k=0k=0k=0, the convention is x−1=x0x^{-1}=x^0x−1=x0. The constants LLL and LyL_yLy​ are the exact functions of the derivative bounds in (13); σ~f2=σf2+3sup⁡x∈X∥∇ℓ(x)∥2\widetilde\sigma_f^2=\sigma_f^2+3\sup_{x\in X}\|\nabla\ell(x)\|^2σf2​=σf2​+3supx∈X​∥∇ℓ(x)∥2 is finite by the paper’s standing assumption after (14). The products Gm:n(1)G^{(1)}_{m:n}Gm:n(1)​ and Gm:n(2)G^{(2)}_{m:n}Gm:n(2)​ are those of (48) Hong et al., pp. 8–9, 20.

Formalization targets

The first target is the explicit inner bound (55): for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

Δyk+1≤G0:k(1)Δy0+Cy(1)βk,Cy(1)=8μg{σg2+4c02Ly2μg(σ~f2+3b02)}.\Delta_y^{k+1}\le G^{(1)}_{0:k}\Delta_y^0+C_y^{(1)}\beta_k, \qquad C_y^{(1)}=\frac8{\mu_g}\left\{\sigma_g^2+ \frac{4c_0^2L_y^2}{\mu_g}(\widetilde\sigma_f^2+3b_0^2)\right\}.Δyk+1​≤G0:k(1)​Δy0​+Cy(1)​βk​,Cy(1)​=μg​8​{σg2​+μg​4c02​Ly2​​(σf2​+3b02​)}.

The goal also includes the explicit outer bound displayed after (59):

Δxk+1≤G0:k(2){Δx0+[2L2μℓ2+3α0L2μℓ]Δy0}+2μℓ[2c~bμℓ+σ~f2+3b02]αk+2c1μℓ[2L2μℓ+3α0L2]Cy(1)αk2/3.\begin{aligned} \Delta_x^{k+1}\le{}&G^{(2)}_{0:k} \left\{\Delta_x^0+\left[\frac{2L^2}{\mu_\ell^2} +\frac{3\alpha_0L^2}{\mu_\ell}\right]\Delta_y^0\right\}\\ &+\frac2{\mu_\ell}\left[\frac{2\widetilde c_b}{\mu_\ell} +\widetilde\sigma_f^2+3b_0^2\right]\alpha_k\\ &+\frac{2c_1}{\mu_\ell}\left[\frac{2L^2}{\mu_\ell}+3\alpha_0L^2\right] C_y^{(1)}\alpha_k^{2/3}. \end{aligned}Δxk+1​≤​G0:k(2)​{Δx0​+[μℓ2​2L2​+μℓ​3α0​L2​]Δy0​}+μℓ​2​[μℓ​2cb​​+σf2​+3b02​]αk​+μℓ​2c1​​[μℓ​2L2​+3α0​L2]Cy(1)​αk2/3​.​

These formulas use the paper’s step-size conditions (20a)–(20b), the bias condition bk2≤c~bαk+1b_k^2\le\widetilde c_b\alpha_{k+1}bk2​≤cb​αk+1​, and a positive outer modulus μℓ\mu_\ellμℓ​. The milestones are the source’s Lemma 2 (12a), (14), (50), Lemma 10, (55), Lemma 11 and Lemma 4 (29). They supply independently stated targets for the two error quantities and the deterministic product estimates Hong et al., pp. 7–8, 13, 20–22, 34.

Significance

The bounds separate the effect of initialization from persistent stochastic error. Each GGG product carries an initial-error term, while the remaining terms show how the current step sizes, variance and bias govern the residual error. This makes the dependencies on LLL, LyL_yLy​, the strong convexity moduli and the estimator variances explicit, rather than hiding them in rate notation. The paper uses this strongly convex case as one part of its broader complexity analysis Hong et al., §3, Table 1.

The source proves the claimed rates on paper; this local development currently provides compiled Lean statements with open proofs. Completing it would add reusable formal interfaces for conditional stochastic-gradient assumptions, a moving strongly convex minimizer, and weighted products of varying contraction factors. The local mission does not claim a machine-checked proof of Theorem 1 yet.

Difficulty

The outer estimate depends on yk+1y^{k+1}yk+1, while the inner tracking error is measured against the minimizer at the preceding outer iterate. Treating the outer estimate as an ordinary unbiased gradient at xkx^kxk loses both the surrogate-gradient discrepancy and the bias. A distance contraction for the inner step alone also does not settle the outer error, because the target y⋆(xk)y^\star(x^k)y⋆(xk) moves with xkx^kxk. The assumptions must keep the two histories and their conditional estimates distinct Hong et al., (7a)–(7c), (17), App. A.

Formalization scope

Lean represents both spaces by EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d1,d2≥1d_1,d_2\ge1d1​,d2​≥1, and Hessian blocks by continuous linear maps with operator norm. The mixed block maps inner directions to outer directions. The inner solution map is required to minimize g(x,⋅)g(x,\cdot)g(x,⋅) on every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X; the projection is characterized as a nearest-point map on the closed convex set. These clauses prevent an arbitrary solution map or arbitrary outer update from satisfying the theorem. The ∇ℓ\nabla\ell∇ℓ used in (2) is defined by the displayed surrogate formula (5), so boundary points of XXX have the same meaning as in the source.

The run starts at deterministic (x0,y0)(x^0,y^0)(x0,y0) and uses measurable estimates with integrable squared norms. Conditional expectations are almost-sure statements relative to the sigma-algebras generated by the iterates, and Δx,Δy\Delta_x,\Delta_yΔx​,Δy​ are Bochner integrals. These regularity assumptions prevent totalized conditional expectation or integral operations from giving spurious zero values. The supremum defining σ~f2\widetilde\sigma_f^2σf2​ is taken over XXX and has an explicit bounded-above hypothesis; XXX is nonempty because x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X. The goal uses positive, nonincreasing step sizes, in line with the ratio conditions and the auxiliary lemmas. The paper prints 3/43/43/4 in the α\alphaα ratio of (20a), while its application of Lemma 10 with q=2q=2q=2 needs 1/21/21/2; the stronger ratio is disclosed in the Lean hypotheses. The initial error uses x−1=x0x^{-1}=x^0x−1=x0, and real exponents use nonnegative bases.

The definition file and the seven milestone theorems are open for proof contributions. Theorem 1’s two explicit bounds are the mission goal. Lemma 3 (28) is excluded because its printed product uses a 1/21/21/2 factor where (55) uses 1/41/41/4; (55) is the selected inner target Hong et al., pp. 13, 21.

Selected references

  • M. Hong, H.-T. Wai, Z. Wang and Z. Yang, A Two-Timescale Stochastic Algorithm Framework for Bilevel Optimization: Complexity Analysis and Application to Actor-Critic, SIAM Journal on Optimization, 2023; arXiv preprint v4, 2022. arXiv:2007.05170v4.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness I: The LP Saddle-Point Problem Is 1/(H(K)√(1+4R²))-Sharp on Every Ball W_R(0)Research Paper

Motivation

First-order primal-dual methods (PDHG, extragradient, ADMM) are the engine of a new generation of large-scale linear programming solvers, such as PDLP, because they need only matrix–vector products with the constraint matrix. Their textbook guarantees for convex–concave saddle-point problems are sublinear, O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) for the averaged iterate, while in practice restarted variants converge linearly on linear programs. Applegate, Hinder, Lu and Lubin (arXiv:2105.12715v4, Math. Program. 2022) explain this gap through a sharpness condition on the normalized duality gap, and show that restarts turn sharpness into linear convergence.

This mission formalizes the part of that paper which shows that linear programming is sharp: Lemma 5 (p. 15), together with the bound of the KKT residual by the normalized duality gap (Lemma 4, p. 14) and the bilinear results of §3.2. The restart theorems that consume this property are the subject of the companion missions II and III of this series.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. The standard-form LP and its dual are

min⁡x∈Rnc⊤x  s.t. Ax=b, x≥0(17),max⁡y∈Rmb⊤y  s.t. A⊤y≤c(18),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n} c^\top x\ \text{ s.t. } Ax=b,\ x\ge0 \qquad (17), \qquad\quad \max_{y\in\mathbb R^m} b^\top y\ \text{ s.t. } A^\top y\le c \qquad (18),x∈Rnmin​c⊤x  s.t. Ax=b, x≥0(17),y∈Rmmax​b⊤y  s.t. A⊤y≤c(18),

and their Lagrangian form is the saddle-point problem

min⁡x≥0 max⁡y∈Rm L(x,y)=c⊤x+y⊤b−y⊤Ax.(19)\min_{x\ge0}\ \max_{y\in\mathbb R^m}\ L(x,y)=c^\top x+y^\top b-y^\top Ax. \qquad (19)x≥0min​ y∈Rmmax​ L(x,y)=c⊤x+y⊤b−y⊤Ax.(19)

A primal-dual point is z=(x,y)z=(x,y)z=(x,y), the feasible region is Z={x≥0}×RmZ=\{x\ge0\}\times\mathbb R^mZ={x≥0}×Rm, and Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ is the set of saddle points of LLL on ZZZ. On Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m the norm is the Euclidean norm ∥(x,y)∥=∥x∥22+∥y∥22\|(x,y)\|=\sqrt{\|x\|_2^2+\|y\|_2^2}∥(x,y)∥=∥x∥22​+∥y∥22​​, and dist⁡(z,Z⋆)=inf⁡z^∈Z⋆∥z−z^∥\operatorname{dist}(z,Z^\star)=\inf_{\hat z\in Z^\star}\|z-\hat z\|dist(z,Z⋆)=infz^∈Z⋆​∥z−z^∥.

For r>0r>0r>0 let Wr(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥≤r}W_r(z)=\{\hat z\in Z:\|z-\hat z\|\le r\}Wr​(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥≤r}. The normalized duality gap (4a) is

ρr(z)=sup⁡z^∈Wr(z)L(x,y^)−L(x^,y)r.\rho_r(z)=\sup_{\hat z\in W_r(z)}\frac{L(x,\hat y)-L(\hat x,y)}{r}.ρr​(z)=z^∈Wr​(z)sup​rL(x,y^​)−L(x^,y)​.

The problem is α\alphaα-sharp on a set S⊆ZS\subseteq ZS⊆Z (Definition 1) if α dist⁡(z,Z⋆)≤ρr(z)\alpha\,\operatorname{dist}(z,Z^\star)\le\rho_r(z)αdist(z,Z⋆)≤ρr​(z) for all z∈Sz\in Sz∈S and all r∈(0,diam⁡(S)]r\in(0,\operatorname{diam}(S)]r∈(0,diam(S)].

The KKT system (20) collects primal feasibility, dual feasibility and a nonpositive duality gap as Kz≥hKz\ge hKz≥h, with

K=(I0−A0A00−A⊤−c⊤b⊤),h=(0−bb−c0).K=\begin{pmatrix} I & 0\\ -A & 0\\ A & 0\\ 0 & -A^\top\\ -c^\top & b^\top\end{pmatrix},\qquad h=\begin{pmatrix}0\\-b\\b\\-c\\0\end{pmatrix}.K=​I−AA0−c⊤​000−A⊤b⊤​​,h=​0−bb−c0​​.

The KKT residual ∥(h−Kz)+∥\|(h-Kz)^+\|∥(h−Kz)+∥ is the Euclidean norm of the componentwise positive part, a standard stopping criterion of LP solvers. A Hoffman constant H(K)H(K)H(K) (Hoffman 1952) is a constant with

dist⁡(z,Z⋆)≤H(K) ∥(h−Kz)+∥for all z∈Rn+m.(26)\operatorname{dist}(z,Z^\star)\le H(K)\,\|(h-Kz)^+\|\quad\text{for all } z\in\mathbb R^{n+m}. \qquad (26)dist(z,Z⋆)≤H(K)∥(h−Kz)+∥for all z∈Rn+m.(26)

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5 (Sharpness of linear programming), p. 15

If (19) has a solution and H(K)>0H(K)>0H(K)>0 satisfies (26), then for every R∈(0,∞)R\in(0,\infty)R∈(0,∞) the problem (19) is α\alphaα-sharp on WR(0)={z∈Z:∥z∥≤R}W_R(0)=\{z\in Z:\|z\|\le R\}WR​(0)={z∈Z:∥z∥≤R} with

α=1H(K)1+4R2.\alpha=\frac{1}{H(K)\sqrt{1+4R^2}}.α=H(K)1+4R2​1​.

Milestones (proof of Lemma 4, p. 14)

With v=((−c+A⊤y)+, b−Ax)v=\big((-c+A^\top y)^+,\ b-Ax\big)v=((−c+A⊤y)+, b−Ax):

(22)ρr(z)≥∥v∥(z∈Z, r>0),(25)ρr(z)≥1R (c⊤x−b⊤y)+(z∈WR(0), 0<r≤R),\text{(22)}\quad \rho_r(z)\ge\|v\|\quad (z\in Z,\ r>0),\qquad\qquad \text{(25)}\quad \rho_r(z)\ge\tfrac1R\,(c^\top x-b^\top y)^+\quad (z\in W_R(0),\ 0<r\le R),(22)ρr​(z)≥∥v∥(z∈Z, r>0),(25)ρr​(z)≥R1​(c⊤x−b⊤y)+(z∈WR​(0), 0<r≤R),

and their combination, Lemma 4:

∥(h−Kz)+∥≤ρr(z)1+R2(R>0, r∈(0,R], z∈WR(0)).\|(h-Kz)^+\|\le\rho_r(z)\sqrt{1+R^2}\qquad (R>0,\ r\in(0,R],\ z\in W_R(0)).∥(h−Kz)+∥≤ρr​(z)1+R2​(R>0, r∈(0,R], z∈WR​(0)).

Companion statements

  • §3.3, p. 13: if (17) and (18) are feasible, Z⋆={z:Kz≥h}Z^\star=\{z: Kz\ge h\}Z⋆={z:Kz≥h}, so that (26) is Hoffman's bound for a polyhedron.
  • Lemma 2, p. 12: for S={z:Hz=h}≠∅S=\{z:Hz=h\}\neq\emptysetS={z:Hz=h}=∅, dist⁡(S,z)≤∥Hz−h∥/σmin⁡+(H)\operatorname{dist}(S,z)\le\|Hz-h\|/\sigma^+_{\min}(H)dist(S,z)≤∥Hz−h∥/σmin+​(H).
  • Lemma 3, p. 12: the unconstrained bilinear problem L(x,y)=c⊤x−y⊤Ax+b⊤yL(x,y)=c^\top x-y^\top Ax+b^\top yL(x,y)=c⊤x−y⊤Ax+b⊤y on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m is σmin⁡+(A)\sigma^+_{\min}(A)σmin+​(A)-sharp on all of Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m; with the identities (14) and (15) from its proof.

Significance

Lemma 5 is the input that makes the paper's restart theorems apply to linear programming: combined with Theorems 1 and 2 (missions II and III), it yields linear convergence of restarted PDHG, extragradient and ADMM on any feasible LP, with a rate governed by the Hoffman constant of the KKT system. Lemma 4 is of independent use: it shows that the normalized duality gap, which restart schemes can monitor, controls the KKT residual that solvers report.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as the platform and Mathlib show, none of them is formalized: there is no normalized duality gap, no primal-dual sharpness and no Hoffman bound for KKT systems in Mathlib. The remaining work is to formalize the paper's proofs. Strong duality for standard-form LP, needed for the §3.3 companion, exists on the platform (Polyhedral.lp_strong_duality, LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality) in a different form.

Difficulty

The sharpness inequality relates two quantities of different nature: dist⁡(z,Z⋆)\operatorname{dist}(z,Z^\star)dist(z,Z⋆) is a geometric distance to an implicitly defined polyhedron, while ρr(z)\rho_r(z)ρr​(z) is a supremum of a bilinear gap over a truncated ball Wr(z)W_r(z)Wr​(z) that is cut by the constraint x≥0x\ge0x≥0. The unconstrained argument of Lemma 3, which identifies ρr(z)\rho_r(z)ρr​(z) with ∥F(z)∥\|F(z)\|∥F(z)∥, fails once x≥0x\ge0x≥0 is imposed, because the ball is no longer symmetric around zzz and the maximizing direction may leave ZZZ. Control of the duality-gap row of the KKT system also depends on the size of zzz, which is why the constant degrades with RRR and sharpness is claimed only on bounded sets WR(0)W_R(0)WR​(0). In Lean the normalized duality gap is an extended-real supremum over a set defined by a non-default norm, so each lower bound requires exhibiting a feasible point of Wr(z)W_r(z)Wr​(z) and computing its gap.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m), and a primal-dual point is a pair. The norm on pairs is the L2L^2L2 norm of WithLp 2, eucl. The norm instance of the bare product type is the sup norm and is not used: with the sup norm the constants 1+R2\sqrt{1+R^2}1+R2​ and 1+4R2\sqrt{1+4R^2}1+4R2​ would describe different statements. ρr\rho_rρr​ and diam⁡\operatorname{diam}diam are suprema in EReal. dist⁡(z,Z⋆)\operatorname{dist}(z,Z^\star)dist(z,Z⋆) is a real infimum, and every statement that uses it assumes Z⋆≠∅Z^\star\neq\emptysetZ⋆=∅ ("(19) has a solution"). Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ is defined as the set of saddle points of LLL on ZZZ. KKK and hhh are encoded row block by row block exactly as (20) prints them; the page's "A⊤y≥cA^\top y\ge cA⊤y≥c" in (18) is a misprint for A⊤y≤cA^\top y\le cA⊤y≤c, which is what (20) encodes.

The Hoffman constant enters only through its defining property (26), quantified over all z∈Rn+mz\in\mathbb R^{n+m}z∈Rn+m, together with H(K)>0H(K)>0H(K)>0. Lemma 5 is stated for every such constant. Sharpness follows Definition 1 literally, with r∈(0,diam⁡(WR(0))]r\in(0,\operatorname{diam}(W_R(0))]r∈(0,diam(WR​(0))]; replacing that range by (0,2R](0,2R](0,2R] would be a different statement. A formalization that restricts (26) to z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z, uses the sup norm, or takes a real-valued supremum for ρr\rho_rρr​ would trivialize or change the goal and is ruled out. σmin⁡+(H)\sigma^+_{\min}(H)σmin+​(H) is the least σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 with σ2\sigma^2σ2 an eigenvalue of H⊤HH^\top HH⊤H; its Lean value for H=0H=0H=0 is 000.

Contributions welcome: proofs of (22) and (25), whose combination gives Lemma 4 and then Lemma 5; general lemmas on suprema over Euclidean balls in WithLp 2 products; and a Hoffman-type existence theorem for {Kz≥h}\{Kz\ge h\}{Kz≥h}, which this mission does not pose. The bilinear statements (Lemmas 2–3) need a minimum-nonzero-singular-value API and are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Applegate, O. Hinder, H. Lu, M. Lubin, Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness, Math. Program. (2022); cited from arXiv:2105.12715v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/2105.12715 · https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-022-01901-9
  • A. J. Hoffman, On approximate solutions of systems of linear inequalities, J. Res. Natl. Bur. Stand. 49 (1952) 263–265. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.049.027
  • D. Applegate, M. Díaz, O. Hinder, H. Lu, M. Lubin, B. O'Donoghue, W. Schudy, Practical Large-Scale Linear Programming using Primal-Dual Hybrid Gradient, NeurIPS 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.04756
  • A. Chambolle, T. Pock, A first-order primal-dual algorithm for convex problems with applications to imaging, J. Math. Imaging Vis. 40 (2011) 120–145. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10851-010-0251-1
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization II: With a Randomized Order and a Diminishing Stepsize, Incremental Subgradient-Proximal Methods Converge Almost Surely to an OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning, signal processing and distributed optimization minimize a sum of a large number mmm of convex components over a convex set: a data-fit term per sample plus a regularizer or constraint per sample. When mmm is large, a method that processes one component per iteration is often far cheaper per step than one that evaluates the whole sum. Incremental methods do exactly this. The incremental subgradient method of Nedić and Bertsekas (SIAM J. Optim., 2001) takes a subgradient step on one component at a time; the incremental proximal method replaces some of these steps by proximal steps, which are more stable and are cheap when a component has a closed-form proximal map (an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ term, an indicator of a simple set).

Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization (Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010, revised 2011; Math. Program. 129 (2011), doi:10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0), combines the two: each component is split as Fi=fi+hiF_i=f_i+h_iFi​=fi​+hi​, with a proximal step on fif_ifi​ and a subgradient step on hih_ihi​, followed by a projection. The paper analyzes two ways of choosing the component at each iteration, a fixed cyclic order and a randomized order. This mission covers the randomized order (§4 of the paper); its companion mission covers the cyclic order.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be a nonempty closed convex set and let fi,hi:Rn→Rf_i,h_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​,hi​:Rn→R, i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m, be convex. The problem is

minimize F(x)=∑i=1m(fi(x)+hi(x))subject to x∈X,\text{minimize } F(x)=\sum_{i=1}^m\bigl(f_i(x)+h_i(x)\bigr)\quad\text{subject to } x\in X,minimize F(x)=i=1∑m​(fi​(x)+hi​(x))subject to x∈X,

with optimal value F∗=inf⁡x∈XF(x)F^*=\inf_{x\in X}F(x)F∗=infx∈X​F(x), possibly −∞-\infty−∞, and optimal set X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}X^*=\{x^*\in X\mid F(x^*)=F^*\}X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}, possibly empty. PXP_XPX​ is the Euclidean projection on XXX and ∇~f(x)\tilde\nabla f(x)∇~f(x) a subgradient of fff at xxx.

At iteration kkk a component index ωk∈{1,…,m}\omega_k\in\{1,\dots,m\}ωk​∈{1,…,m} is drawn and, with stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, one of three updates is applied:

zk=PX(xk−αk∇~fωk(zk)),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(42)z_k=P_X\bigl(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(42)zk​=PX​(xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(42) zk=xk−αk∇~fωk(zk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(43)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(43)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(43) zk=xk−αk∇~hωk(xk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~fωk(xk+1)).(44)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(x_{k+1})\bigr).\qquad(44)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(xk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(xk+1​)).(44)

The implicit equations are proximal steps: in (42), zkz_kzk​ minimizes fωk(x)+12αk∥x−xk∥2f_{\omega_k}(x)+\frac1{2\alpha_k}\|x-x_k\|^2fωk​​(x)+2αk​1​∥x−xk​∥2 over XXX. The randomized order means that ωk\omega_kωk​ is uniformly distributed over {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m} and independent of the past history Fk={xk,zk−1,xk−1,…,z0,x0}\mathcal F_k=\{x_k,z_{k-1},x_{k-1},\dots,z_0,x_0\}Fk​={xk​,zk−1​,xk−1​,…,z0​,x0​} (Assumptions 3(a), 4(a)). The growth conditions (Assumptions 3(b), 4(b)) ask for a constant ccc bounding, with probability 1 and for every component iii, the norms of the subgradients used by the step that would be taken if ωk\omega_kωk​ were iii, and the decrease of fif_ifi​, hih_ihi​ along that step by ccc times its length.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 9

If αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, then

lim inf⁡k→∞F(xk)=F∗with probability 1,\liminf_{k\to\infty}F(x_k)=F^*\quad\text{with probability 1},k→∞liminf​F(xk​)=F∗with probability 1,

and if in addition X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then with probability 1 the iterates xkx_kxk​ converge to some x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ (which may depend on the sample path).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (58). For every x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,
E{∥xk+1−x∗∥2∣Fk}≤∥xk−x∗∥2−2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)+5αk2c2.E\{\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le\|x_k-x^*\|^2-\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}\bigl(F(x_k)-F^*\bigr)+5\alpha_k^2c^2.E{∥xk+1​−x∗∥2∣Fk​}≤∥xk​−x∗∥2−m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)+5αk2​c2.
  1. Proposition 2, the supermartingale convergence theorem: if E{Yk+1∣Fk}≤Yk−Zk+WkE\{Y_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le Y_k-Z_k+W_kE{Yk+1​∣Fk​}≤Yk​−Zk​+Wk​ for nonnegative adapted Yk,Zk,WkY_k,Z_k,W_kYk​,Zk​,Wk​ and ∑kWk<∞\sum_kW_k<\infty∑k​Wk​<∞ almost surely, then almost surely ∑kZk<∞\sum_kZ_k<\infty∑k​Zk​<∞ and YkY_kYk​ converges.
  2. Eq. (59). If ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then for each x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗, almost surely, ∑k2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)<∞\sum_k\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}(F(x_k)-F^*)<\infty∑k​m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)<∞ and ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥ converges.
  3. Proposition 7 (constant stepsize α\alphaα): almost surely inf⁡k≥0F(xk)=F∗\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)=F^*infk≥0​F(xk​)=F∗ if F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, and inf⁡k≥0F(xk)≤F∗+5αmc22\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)\le F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2}{2}infk≥0​F(xk​)≤F∗+25αmc2​ otherwise.
  4. Proposition 8 (constant stepsize, X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0): the first index NNN with F(xN)<F∗+5αmc2+ϵ2F(x_N)<F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2+\epsilon}{2}F(xN​)<F∗+25αmc2+ϵ​ is almost surely finite and E{N}≤m dist(x0;X∗)2/(αϵ)E\{N\}\le m\,\mathrm{dist}(x_0;X^*)^2/(\alpha\epsilon)E{N}≤mdist(x0​;X∗)2/(αϵ).

Significance

Proposition 9 says that a randomized incremental method with a diminishing stepsize solves the problem exactly, almost surely, under conditions that do not require differentiability, bounded level sets, or strong convexity. Propositions 7 and 8 quantify the constant-stepsize regime: the error bound is O(αmc2)O(\alpha mc^2)O(αmc2), smaller by a factor of mmm than the worst case of the cyclic order (Proposition 4 of the paper). This is the paper's argument for randomization, and the same comparison recurs in the later literature on stochastic and incremental methods.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as known, none of them is machine-checked: Mathlib has conditional expectation, filtrations and Doob's martingale convergence theorem, but not the Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale theorem in the form used here, and no incremental or stochastic proximal method has a formal convergence proof on the platform. The mission produces a formal model of a randomized algorithm with implicit (proximal) steps, a formal Robbins–Siegmund special case, and a complete a.s. convergence proof that other stochastic-approximation formalizations can reuse.

Difficulty

The deterministic estimate behind (58) is the one of the cyclic analysis with the sampled component in place of the cyclic one. The new difficulty is the conditioning step: E{Fωk(zk)∣Fk}=1m∑iFi(zki)E\{F_{\omega_k}(z_k)\mid\mathcal F_k\}=\frac1m\sum_iF_i(z_k^i)E{Fωk​​(zk​)∣Fk​}=m1​∑i​Fi​(zki​) needs the step that would be taken for each component iii to be a function of the past, and ωk\omega_kωk​ to be independent of it, and both must be stated so that the conditional expectation is that of an integrable function. The obvious route from (59) to part 2 of the goal fails: (59) gives, for each x∗x^*x∗, an event of probability 1, and X∗X^*X∗ is in general uncountable, so the events cannot be intersected directly. Part 1 must also handle F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, where no point of X∗X^*X∗ is available.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); components are indexed by Fin m (0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1), with m≥1m\ge1m≥1.
  • XXX is nonempty, closed and convex and fi,hif_i,h_ifi​,hi​ are real-valued convex (the paper's standing assumptions of p. 4), stated as explicit hypotheses; stepsizes are positive.
  • PXP_XPX​ is a predicate (nearest point of XXX); subgradients are given by the subgradient inequality. The iterations (42)–(44) are their subgradient forms, with the subgradient of fif_ifi​ the one that makes the implicit equation hold, which is the paper's proximal step.
  • F∗F^*F∗ is an infimum in EReal, so F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞ is represented and the lim inf⁡\liminfliminf and inf⁡\infinf statements are in EReal.
  • The run carries, for each kkk and each component iii, the would-be step from xkx_kxk​; the realized step is the one for i=ωki=\omega_ki=ωk​. The bounds (45)–(48) are required for all iii, as in the paper.
  • "Independent of the past history" is formalized as independence of σ(ωk)\sigma(\omega_k)σ(ωk​) from Fk=σ(x0,…,xk,z0,…,zk−1)\mathcal F_k=\sigma(x_0,\dots,x_k,z_0,\dots,z_{k-1})Fk​=σ(x0​,…,xk​,z0​,…,zk−1​). Added hypotheses that make it meaningful: the iterates are measurable, the would-be step at kkk is Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable, and x0x_0x0​ is a fixed vector.
  • Proposition 2 adds integrability of YkY_kYk​ (Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000).
  • Proposition 8 uses the paper's own NNN (the first entry time into the level set of its proof), not an arbitrary random variable, and adds the hypothesis x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X, which its proof uses.

A formalization in which the would-be steps may depend on ωk\omega_kωk​, or in which ωk\omega_kωk​ is only assumed uniform, would let a step pick its component adversarially; the measurability and independence hypotheses rule this out, and none of the hypotheses is unsatisfiable (a sorry-free instance with m=2m=2m=2 is checked locally).

Needed infrastructure: the Robbins–Siegmund special case (Proposition 2), conditional expectation of a function of an independent uniform index and a past-measurable quantity, and existence of a countable dense subset of a closed set in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The supermartingale theorem and the conditioning lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of the goal, and of reusable lemmas about projections and proximal steps are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization, Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010 (revised March 2011); Mathematical Programming 129 (2011) 163–195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0
  • A. Nedić and D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Subgradient Methods for Nondifferentiable Optimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 12 (2001) 109–138. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499362111
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A Convergence Theorem for Non Negative Almost Supermartingales and Some Applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • J. Neveu, Discrete Parameter Martingales, North-Holland, 1975 (the paper's reference [43] for Proposition 2).
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Neuro-Dynamic Programming, Athena Scientific, 1996 (the paper's reference [7] for Proposition 2).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization I: With a Cyclic Order and a Diminishing Stepsize, Incremental Subgradient-Proximal Methods Converge to an Optimal SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in machine learning, signal processing and distributed computation have an objective that is a sum of a large number mmm of component functions: one per data point, per sensor, or per processor. Evaluating the whole sum, or a subgradient of it, at every iteration is expensive when mmm is large. Incremental methods process one component at a time, cycling through the components or sampling them, and update the iterate after each one. Incremental gradient and subgradient methods go back to the training of neural networks and to least squares; incremental proximal methods replace the subgradient step of a component by a proximal step, which is more stable and handles nonsmooth terms exactly.

Bertsekas (LIDS-P-2847, 2010, rev. 2011; Math. Program. 129 (2011)) proposed a unified family that mixes the two: each component is split as Fi=fi+hiF_i=f_i+h_iFi​=fi​+hi​, a proximal step is taken on fif_ifi​ and a subgradient step on hih_ihi​, followed by a projection onto the constraint set. This mission formalizes the convergence analysis of that family under the cyclic order of component selection.

Timeline. Incremental subgradient methods were analysed by Nedić and Bertsekas (SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001)) for cyclic and randomized orders. Incremental proximal methods were studied by Bertsekas (Optimization for Machine Learning, 2011, ch. 4). The 2011 paper combines the two analyses; its cyclic-order results are Propositions 3–6.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and inner product x′yx'yx′y. The data are a nonempty closed convex set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn and real-valued convex functions fi,hi:Rn→Rf_i,h_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​,hi​:Rn→R, i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. The problem is

minimize F(x)=∑i=1mFi(x),Fi=fi+hi,subject to x∈X,\text{minimize } F(x)=\sum_{i=1}^m F_i(x),\qquad F_i=f_i+h_i,\qquad\text{subject to } x\in X,minimize F(x)=i=1∑m​Fi​(x),Fi​=fi​+hi​,subject to x∈X,

with optimal value F∗=inf⁡x∈XF(x)F^*=\inf_{x\in X}F(x)F∗=infx∈X​F(x), possibly −∞-\infty−∞, and optimal set X∗={x∗∈X:F(x∗)=F∗}X^*=\{x^*\in X:F(x^*)=F^*\}X∗={x∗∈X:F(x∗)=F∗}, possibly empty.

A subgradient ∇~f(x)\tilde\nabla f(x)∇~f(x) of a convex fff at xxx is a vector ggg with f(y)≥f(x)+g′(y−x)f(y)\ge f(x)+g'(y-x)f(y)≥f(x)+g′(y−x) for all yyy; PX(u)P_X(u)PX​(u) is the point of XXX nearest to uuu. At iteration kkk one component iki_kik​ is processed with stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0. The three iterations are

(19)zk=PX(xk−αk∇~fik(zk)),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hik(zk)),(20)zk=xk−αk∇~fik(zk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hik(zk)),(21)zk=xk−αk∇~hik(xk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~fik(xk+1)).\begin{aligned} &(19)\quad z_k=P_X\big(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(z_k)\big),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(z_k)\big),\\ &(20)\quad z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(z_k),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(z_k)\big),\\ &(21)\quad z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(x_k),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(x_{k+1})\big). \end{aligned}​(19)zk​=PX​(xk​−αk​∇~fik​​(zk​)),(20)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~fik​​(zk​),(21)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~hik​​(xk​),​​xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hik​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hik​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~fik​​(xk+1​)).​

The fff-subgradient is taken at the new point, which makes the fff-part a proximal step (Proposition 1). In the cyclic order ik=(k mod m)+1i_k=(k\bmod m)+1ik​=(kmodm)+1; a block of mmm consecutive iterations is a cycle, and αk\alpha_kαk​ is constant within a cycle.

The analysis assumes that the subgradients the iteration uses are bounded by a constant ccc and that, at each cycle start k>0k>0k>0, the function values at the intermediate points of the cycle differ from those at xkx_kxk​ by at most ccc times the distance (Assumption 1 for (19), (20); Assumption 2 for (21)). Both hold, for example, when all fif_ifi​, hih_ihi​ are polyhedral or Lipschitz.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6

If αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, then

lim inf⁡k→∞F(xk)=F∗,\liminf_{k\to\infty}F(x_k)=F^*,k→∞liminf​F(xk​)=F∗,

and if moreover X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then xk→x∗x_k\to x^*xk​→x∗ for some x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗. Both parts are one item, as in the paper.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: the proximal iteration over XXX equals PX(xk−αk∇~f(xk+1))P_X(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f(x_{k+1}))PX​(xk​−αk​∇~f(xk+1​)), and ∥xk+1−y∥2≤∥xk−y∥2−2αk(f(xk+1)−f(y))−∥xk−xk+1∥2\|x_{k+1}-y\|^2\le\|x_k-y\|^2-2\alpha_k(f(x_{k+1})-f(y))-\|x_k-x_{k+1}\|^2∥xk+1​−y∥2≤∥xk​−y∥2−2αk​(f(xk+1​)−f(y))−∥xk​−xk+1​∥2 for y∈Xy\in Xy∈X.
  2. Eq. (30) and Eq. (37): one-iteration estimates for (19)/(20) and for (21).
  3. Proposition 3: over one cycle, ∥xk+m−y∥2≤∥xk−y∥2−2αk(F(xk)−F(y))+αk2βm2c2\|x_{k+m}-y\|^2\le\|x_k-y\|^2-2\alpha_k(F(x_k)-F(y))+\alpha_k^2\beta m^2c^2∥xk+m​−y∥2≤∥xk​−y∥2−2αk​(F(xk​)−F(y))+αk2​βm2c2, with β=1m+4\beta=\frac1m+4β=m1​+4 for (19), (20) and β=5m+4\beta=\frac5m+4β=m5​+4 for (21).
  4. Footnote 5: nonnegative sequences with Yk+1≤Yk−Zk+WkY_{k+1}\le Y_k-Z_k+W_kYk+1​≤Yk​−Zk​+Wk​ and ∑Wk<∞\sum W_k<\infty∑Wk​<∞ have YkY_kYk​ convergent.
  5. Proof of Proposition 6: ∥xk+1−xk∥≤2αkc\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|\le2\alpha_kc∥xk+1​−xk​∥≤2αk​c.
  6. Proposition 4 (constant stepsize α\alphaα): lim inf⁡F(xk)=F∗\liminf F(x_k)=F^*liminfF(xk​)=F∗ if F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, and lim inf⁡F(xk)≤F∗+αβm2c2/2\liminf F(x_k)\le F^*+\alpha\beta m^2c^2/2liminfF(xk​)≤F∗+αβm2c2/2 otherwise.

Significance

Proposition 6 is the exact-convergence guarantee for the cyclic incremental subgradient-proximal methods: with a diminishing, non-summable stepsize they reach the optimal value whatever the starting point, and with square-summable stepsizes the iterates converge to a single optimal solution. It covers the pure incremental subgradient method (fi=0f_i=0fi​=0) and the pure incremental proximal method (hi=0h_i=0hi​=0) as special cases, and it is the template for the randomized-order analysis of the companion mission. Proposition 4 quantifies what a constant stepsize achieves.

These results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the underlying estimates, is formalized on the platform or, to our knowledge, in Mathlib. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the proximal-step lemma for extended-real-valued functions on a constrained set, of the cycle estimate (27) with its explicit constants, and of the deterministic supermartingale convergence lemma, all reusable for other incremental and proximal methods.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats one cycle as one step of a subgradient method on FFF. It fails because within a cycle the subgradients are taken at the intermediate points zk+j−1z_{k+j-1}zk+j−1​ or xk+j−1x_{k+j-1}xk+j−1​, not at xkx_kxk​, and the proximal steps use subgradients at the points they produce. The error between Fj(xk)F_j(x_k)Fj​(xk​) and FjF_jFj​ at those points must be controlled through the drift of the iterates during the cycle, and the bookkeeping differs between (19)/(20) and (21), which is why β\betaβ differs. For the second part of Proposition 6, convergence of the values in the lim inf⁡\liminfliminf sense does not by itself give convergence of the iterates, and X∗X^*X∗ may contain more than one point.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Components are Fin m (0-based), so iki_kik​ is k % m, and the paper's j=1,…,mj=1,\dots,mj=1,…,m with zk+j−1z_{k+j-1}zk+j−1​ becomes j=0,…,m−1j=0,\dots,m-1j=0,…,m−1 with z (k + j). m≥1m\ge1m≥1 is assumed (NeZero m).
  • PXP_XPX​ is a predicate (IsProj: a nearest point of XXX), not a choice function.
  • Each iteration is a relation Step between xkx_kxk​, zkz_kzk​, xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ and the two subgradients it uses, with the fff-subgradient at the point the paper names. A run records these subgradients, so Assumptions 1–2 bound exactly them. The assumptions are not replaced by Lipschitz continuity, which is only a sufficient condition (p. 9).
  • F∗F^*F∗ and lim inf⁡F(xk)\liminf F(x_k)liminfF(xk​) are taken in EReal; F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞ is allowed and no boundedness is assumed.
  • The standing assumptions of p. 4 (X nonempty closed convex, fi,hif_i,h_ifi​,hi​ convex), positive stepsizes, constancy within a cycle and Assumptions 1–2 (stated "throughout this section", p. 8) are explicit hypotheses of every statement, including the goal, whose sentence does not repeat them.
  • The starting point x0x_0x0​ is arbitrary, as in the paper. Assumptions 1–2 make the cycle-start conditions only for k>0k>0k>0, and the bound ∥xk+1−xk∥≤2αkc\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|\le2\alpha_kc∥xk+1​−xk​∥≤2αk​c needs xk∈Xx_k\in Xxk​∈X, which holds from k=1k=1k=1 on. Proposition 3 and the step bound are therefore stated for k>0k>0k>0 and k≥1k\ge1k≥1; this does not affect Propositions 4 and 6.
  • Proposition 1 is stated for extended-real-valued closed proper convex fff, as in the paper, using the published class Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ (MoreauProx.Characterization.GammaZero) and its subgradients, with relative interiors as Mathlib's intrinsicInterior.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: a sorry-free check confirms that the hypotheses hold together (for n=1n=1n=1, m=2m=2m=2, X=RX=\mathbb RX=R, αk=1/(⌊k/2⌋+1)\alpha_k=1/(\lfloor k/2\rfloor+1)αk​=1/(⌊k/2⌋+1), X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅). Restricting to Lipschitz components, to bounded-below FFF, or to x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X would state a weaker theorem and is ruled out.

Proofs of any item are welcome, as are general lemmas (the projection theorem as a variational inequality, the subdifferential sum rule under the relative-interior condition) that the proofs need.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization, Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010 (rev. March 2011); Math. Program. 129(2) (2011) 163–195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0
  • A. Nedić, D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Subgradient Methods for Nondifferentiable Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 12(1) (2001) 109–138. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499362111
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Gradient, Subgradient, and Proximal Methods for Convex Optimization: A Survey, in Optimization for Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.01030
  • D. P. Bertsekas, A. Nedić, A. E. Ozdaglar, Convex Analysis and Optimization, Athena Scientific, 2003.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods 1: Katyusha Converges at the Accelerated Linear Rate (1+√(σ/(3Lm)))^(−Sm) on Strongly Convex Finite SumsResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite-sum optimization problem asks for one vector that performs well across many component objectives. In empirical risk minimization, each component can represent the loss from one data point. A full gradient uses every component, whereas a stochastic gradient uses one component and can be much cheaper per step. The latter carries sampling noise, so a method must control that noise while moving toward the optimum. Allen-Zhu's Katyusha paper gives a direct accelerated stochastic method for this setting. Its strongly convex result, Theorem 2.1, bounds the expected objective error of a specified algorithm after a specified number of epochs.

The problem is relevant when the number of terms is large enough that a full gradient at every iteration is costly, but individual component gradients and proximal steps remain practical. Katyusha combines a periodically refreshed full gradient with individual component gradients. The paper's result concerns the actual returned snapshot of Algorithm 1, Option I, whose weighted averaging rule matters to the claim. Formalizing a generic noisy gradient method would leave the paper's central algorithmic guarantee unstated.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rd→Rf_1,\ldots,f_n:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rd→R be differentiable functions, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. Their finite-sum objective is f(x)=n−1∑i=1nfi(x)f(x)=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)f(x)=n−1∑i=1n​fi​(x). A real-valued regularizer ψ\psiψ gives the composite objective

F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).F(x)=f(x)+\psi(x).F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).

Each fif_ifi​ is convex and LLL smooth: its gradient is LLL Lipschitz in the Euclidean norm. The regularizer is σ\sigmaσ strongly convex, with L,σ>0L,\sigma>0L,σ>0, in the paper's convention that the quadratic term has coefficient σ/2\sigma/2σ/2. The comparison point x∗x^*x∗ minimizes the full objective FFF.

Algorithm 1 starts from x0x_0x0​ and keeps three vectors: a snapshot x~\widetilde xx, a proximal sequence zzz, and another proximal sequence yyy. In each epoch it computes ∇f(x~)\nabla f(\widetilde x)∇f(x). At a current point xxx, it samples iii uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} and forms the gradient estimator

∇~=∇f(x~)+∇fi(x)−∇fi(x~).\widetilde\nabla=\nabla f(\widetilde x)+\nabla f_i(x)-\nabla f_i(\widetilde x).∇=∇f(x)+∇fi​(x)−∇fi​(x).

The algorithm then makes two proximal updates using ∇~\widetilde\nabla∇ and ψ\psiψ. Its next snapshot is a weighted average of the new yyy values, with weights (1+ασ)j(1+\alpha\sigma)^j(1+ασ)j for j=0,…,m−1j=0,\ldots,m-1j=0,…,m−1. The iterates yyy and zzz persist between epochs. In the theorem's run the epoch length is m=2nm=2nm=2n, and τ2=1/2\tau_2=1/2τ2​=1/2, τ1=min⁡{mσ/3L,1/2}\tau_1=\min\{\sqrt{m\sigma}/\sqrt{3L},1/2\}τ1​=min{mσ​/3L​,1/2}, and α=1/(3τ1L)\alpha=1/(3\tau_1L)α=1/(3τ1​L). The output after SSS epochs is x~S\widetilde x^SxS.

Formalization targets

Theorem 2.1: objective error after SSS epochs

For every starting point x0x_0x0​ and minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of FFF, the target is the paper's two-case expected bound:

EF(x~S)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm))−Sm(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L≤3/4,3(2/3)S(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L>3/4.\mathbb E F(\widetilde x^S)-F(x^*)\le\begin{cases}4(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{-Sm}\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L\le3/4,\\3(2/3)^S\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L>3/4.\end{cases}EF(xS)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm)​)−Sm(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),3(2/3)S(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),​mσ/L≤3/4,mσ/L>3/4.​

The expectation is over every independent uniform index sampled by the run. The two regimes meet at the threshold where the algorithm's minimum defining τ1\tau_1τ1​ changes branch. The milestone list follows Lemmas 2.3–2.7 and the displayed one-epoch inequalities of Section 2.2. It includes the variance bound, the proximal estimates, and the two regime-specific epoch estimates that feed the final theorem.

Significance

The theorem gives an accelerated linear reduction of the expected composite-objective error under the paper's strong convexity assumptions. It identifies how the rate depends on component count nnn, smoothness LLL, strong convexity σ\sigmaσ, and epoch count SSS. The author also translates the result into an iteration-complexity statement and uses it as a basis for later reductions and generalizations in the paper. The objective-error theorem is the stable mathematical claim formalized here; the complexity paraphrase is outside this mission's Lean goal.

Allen-Zhu proved Theorem 2.1 in the paper. The Lean declarations in this proposal are targets with proof placeholders, not machine-checked proofs of Katyusha's convergence. Completing them would produce a checked account of the exact algorithm, its finite probability space, and the conditional inequalities for an epoch. The finite-sum and proximal-point definitions reused here are already published in the SAGA formalization; Katyusha's weighted snapshot and coupling statements require their own development.

Difficulty

The estimator is unbiased, but that fact alone does not give the claimed acceleration. Its variance depends on the snapshot and current point, and a direct descent estimate retains a variance penalty. The bound in Lemma 2.4 expresses that penalty through a smooth convex gap which can have either sign before it is combined with other terms. The two proximal sequences and the snapshot therefore have to be accounted for together. Across an epoch, the yyy iterates are averaged with nonuniform weights, while yyy and zzz themselves are carried into the next epoch. Replacing the snapshot with the final yyy value or with a uniform average changes the algorithm and the theorem.

The two rate cases also reflect different parameter values. When mσ/L≤3/4m\sigma/L\le3/4mσ/L≤3/4, τ1\tau_1τ1​ is determined by a square root; above that threshold it is fixed at 1/21/21/2. A proof of only one branch would omit part of the source result. Treating the sampled indices as a single arbitrary path would ask for a false pathwise guarantee, whereas stating the result for a favorable path would lose the expectation bound.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and component indices are Fin n, translating the paper's one-based {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} to a zero-based finite type. The goal fixes m=2nm=2nm=2n as Algorithm 1 does; the conditional one-epoch statements admit any positive mmm. The number of epochs SSS can be zero, in which case the output is the initial snapshot. The objective is real-valued. Thus ψ\psiψ may be nondifferentiable but does not include extended-valued indicator functions. The component gradient fields are required to be the actual gradients of their functions, and the comparison point minimizes FFF, not merely fff.

A proximal map P(γ,⋅)P(\gamma,\cdot)P(γ,⋅) is an explicit argument constrained, for every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, to minimize the proximal objective of the given ψ\psiψ. The run computes the paper's two proximal updates with that map. The expectation is the finite uniform average over all nSmn^{Sm}nSm sequences, equivalent to SmSmSm independent uniform samples. It never quantifies over a convenient sequence. These links prevent a vacuous or unrelated encoding of the method.

The paper writes both rates using O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). Its Section 2.2 bounds yield the concrete coefficient 444 in the square-root regime and 333 in the 1.5−S1.5^{-S}1.5−S regime; these are the expressions in the Lean goal. For Case 1 the rate is represented by division by (1+σ/(3Lm))Sm(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{Sm}(1+σ/(3Lm)​)Sm, a positive denominator. For Case 2 it is 3(2/3)S3(2/3)^S3(2/3)S. The statement retains both conclusions at their stated boundary. The one-step lemmas average only a fresh sampled index with the current state fixed, and the epoch statements average the current epoch's mmm indices.

The development needs finite sums and finite expectations, Euclidean smooth and strong convexity facts, proximal minimizer inequalities, and algebra of the weighted snapshot. The finite-sum objective, averaged gradient, proximal-point predicate, and finite index expectation are shared definitions; the Katyusha run, progress value, potential, and epoch inequalities are specific to this algorithm. Contributions proving the milestone statements, establishing existence and uniqueness of the proximal map under these assumptions, or improving reusable proximal and finite-expectation lemmas are within scope.

Selected references

  • Zeyuan Allen-Zhu, Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods, Journal of Machine Learning Research 18 (2018), 1–51; arXiv:1603.05953v6. The formalization uses the pinned arXiv version, pp. 1, 6–13.
  • Aaron Defazio, Francis Bach, and Simon Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method With Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 27 (2014); arXiv:1407.0202. The published finite-sum and proximal-point definitions are reused as common objects.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 5 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me